Commit Graph

8113 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Robert Haas
2609e91fcf Fix regression in parallel planning against inheritance tables.
Commit 51ee6f3160 accidentally changed
the behavior around inheritance hierarchies; before, we always
considered parallel paths even for very small inheritance children,
because otherwise an inheritance hierarchy with even one small child
wouldn't be eligible for parallelism.  That exception was inadverently
removed; put it back.

In passing, also adjust the degree-of-parallelism comptuation for
index-only scans not to consider the number of heap pages fetched.
Otherwise, we'll avoid parallel index-only scans on tables that are
mostly all-visible, which isn't especially logical.

Robert Haas and Amit Kapila, per a report from Ashutosh Sharma.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAE9k0PmgSoOHRd60SHu09aRVTHRSs8s6pmyhJKWHxWw9C_x+XA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-14 14:33:14 -04:00
Robert Haas
c11453ce0a hash: Add write-ahead logging support.
The warning about hash indexes not being write-ahead logged and their
use being discouraged has been removed.  "snapshot too old" is now
supported for tables with hash indexes.  Most importantly, barring
bugs, hash indexes will now be crash-safe and usable on standbys.

This commit doesn't yet add WAL consistency checking for hash
indexes, as we now have for other index types; a separate patch has
been submitted to cure that lack.

Amit Kapila, reviewed and slightly modified by me.  The larger patch
series of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested by Álvaro
Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood, Jeff Janes, and Jesper
Pedersen.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JOBX=YU33631Qh-XivYXtPSALh514+jR8XeD7v+K3r_Q@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-14 13:27:02 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
a47b38c9ee Spelling fixes
From: Josh Soref <jsoref@gmail.com>
2017-03-14 12:58:39 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f97a028d8e Spelling fixes in code comments
From: Josh Soref <jsoref@gmail.com>
2017-03-14 12:58:39 -04:00
Tom Lane
5ed6fff6b7 Make logging about multixact wraparound protection less chatty.
The original messaging design, introduced in commit 068cfadf9, seems too
chatty now that some time has elapsed since the bug fix; most installations
will be in good shape and don't really need a reminder about this on every
postmaster start.

Hence, arrange to suppress the "wraparound protections are now enabled"
message during startup (specifically, during the TrimMultiXact() call).
The message will still appear if protection becomes effective at some
later point.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17211.1489189214@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-14 12:47:53 -04:00
Robert Haas
87f9982034 Fix failure to mark init buffers as BM_PERMANENT.
This could result in corruption of the init fork of an unlogged index
if the ambuildempty routine for that index used shared buffers to
create the init fork, which was true for brin, gin, gist, and hash
indexes.

Patch by me, based on an earlier patch by Michael Paquier, who also
reviewed this one.  This also incorporates an idea from Artur
Zakirov.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CACYUyc8yccE4xfxhqxfh_Mh38j7dRFuxfaK1p6dSNAEUakxUyQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-14 11:51:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
895e36bb3f Add a "void *" passthrough pointer for psqlscan.l's callback functions.
The immediate motivation for this is to provide clean infrastructure
for the proposed \if...\endif patch for psql; but it seems like a good
thing to have even if that patch doesn't get in.  Previously the callback
functions could only make use of application-global state, which is a
pretty severe handicap.

For the moment, the pointer is only passed through to the get_variable
callback function.  I considered also passing it to the write_error
callback, but for now let's not.  Neither psql nor pgbench has a use
for that, and in the case of psql we'd have to invent a separate wrapper
function because we would certainly not want to change the signature of
psql_error().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/10108.1489418309@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-13 17:14:46 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
aeed17d000 Use radix tree for character encoding conversions.
Replace the mapping tables used to convert between UTF-8 and other
character encodings with new radix tree-based maps. Looking up an entry in
a radix tree is much faster than a binary search in the old maps. As a
bonus, the radix tree representation is also more compact, making the
binaries slightly smaller.

The "combined" maps work the same as before, with binary search. They are
much smaller than the main tables, so it doesn't matter so much. However,
the "combined" maps are now stored in the same .map files as the main
tables. This seems more clear, since they're always used together, and
generated from the same source files.

Patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi, with lot of hacking by me at various stages.
Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Daniel Gustafsson.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20170306.171609.204324917.horiguchi.kyotaro%40lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-13 20:46:39 +02:00
Noah Misch
9d7726c2ba Recommend wrappers of PG_DETOAST_DATUM_PACKED().
When commit 3e23b68dac introduced
single-byte varlena headers, its fmgr.h changes presented
PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP() and PG_GETARG_TEXT_P() as equals.  Its postgres.h
changes presented PG_DETOAST_DATUM_PACKED() and VARDATA_ANY() as the
exceptional case.  Now, instead, firmly recommend PG_GETARG_TEXT_PP()
over PG_GETARG_TEXT_P(); likewise for other ...PP() macros.  This shaves
cycles and invites consistency of style.
2017-03-12 19:35:33 -04:00
Noah Misch
9e0926468a Fix comment about length of text, bytea, etc.
When commit 3e23b68dac introduced
single-byte varlena headers, it rendered this comment incomplete.
2017-03-12 19:35:30 -04:00
Robert Haas
390811750d Revert "Use group updates when setting transaction status in clog."
This reverts commit ccce90b398.  This
optimization is unsafe, at least, of rollbacks and rollbacks to
savepoints, but I'm concerned there may be other problematic cases as
well.  Therefore, I've decided to revert this pending further
investigation.
2017-03-10 14:49:56 -05:00
Andres Freund
f8f1430ae7 Enable 64 bit atomics on ARM64.
Previously they were disabled due to performance concerns on 32bit
arm, where 64bit atomics are often implemented via kernel traps.

Author: Roman Shaposhnik
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+ULb+uErkFuXUCCXWHYvnV5KnAyjGUzzRcPA-M0cgO+Hm4RSA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-10 11:19:54 -08:00
Tom Lane
8b358b42f8 Change the relkind for partitioned tables from 'P' to 'p'.
Seven of the eight other relkind codes are lower-case, so it wasn't
consistent for this one to be upper-case.  Fix it while we still can.

Historical notes: the reason for the lone exception, i.e. sequences being
'S', is that 's' was once used for "special" relations.  Also, at one time
the partitioned-tables patch used both 'P' and 'p', but that got changed,
leaving only a surprising choice behind.

This also fixes a couple little bits of technical debt, such as
type_sanity.sql not knowing that 'm' is a legal value for relkind.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27899.1488909319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-10 13:15:47 -05:00
Tom Lane
56018bf26e contrib/amcheck needs RecentGlobalXmin to be PGDLLIMPORT'ified.
Per buildfarm.  Maybe some of the other xmin variables in snapmgr.h
ought to get this too, but for the moment I'm just interested in
un-breaking the buildfarm.
2017-03-09 22:55:46 -05:00
Tom Lane
9cfc4deeb9 Make CppAsString2() more visible in c.h.
For some reason this standard C string-processing hack was buried in an
NLS-related section of c.h.  Put it beside CppAsString() so that people
are more likely to find it and not be tempted to reinvent local copies,
as I nearly did.  And provide a more helpful comment, too.
2017-03-09 19:19:25 -05:00
Robert Haas
ccce90b398 Use group updates when setting transaction status in clog.
Commit 0e141c0fbb introduced a mechanism
to reduce contention on ProcArrayLock by having a single process clear
XIDs in the procArray on behalf of multiple processes, reducing the
need to hand the lock around.  Use a similar mechanism to reduce
contention on CLogControlLock.  Testing shows that this very
significantly reduces the amount of time waiting for CLogControlLock
on high-concurrency pgbench tests run on a large multi-socket
machines; whether that translates into a TPS improvement depends on
how much of that contention is simply shifted to some other lock,
particularly WALWriteLock.

Amit Kapila, with some cosmetic changes by me.  Extensively reviewed,
tested, and benchmarked over a period of about 15 months by Simon
Riggs, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Jesper Pedersen, and especially by
Tomas Vondra and Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1L_snxM_JcrzEstNq9P66++F4kKFce=1r5+D1vzPofdtg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LyR2A+m=RBSZ6rcPEwJ=rVi1ADPSndXHZdjn56yqO6Vg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/91d57161-d3ea-0cc2-6066-80713e4f90d7@2ndquadrant.com
2017-03-09 17:49:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
355d3993c5 Add a Gather Merge executor node.
Like Gather, we spawn multiple workers and run the same plan in each
one; however, Gather Merge is used when each worker produces the same
output ordering and we want to preserve that output ordering while
merging together the streams of tuples from various workers.  (In a
way, Gather Merge is like a hybrid of Gather and MergeAppend.)

This works out to a win if it saves us from having to perform an
expensive Sort.  In cases where only a small amount of data would need
to be sorted, it may actually be faster to use a regular Gather node
and then sort the results afterward, because Gather Merge sometimes
needs to wait synchronously for tuples whereas a pure Gather generally
doesn't.  But if this avoids an expensive sort then it's a win.

Rushabh Lathia, reviewed and tested by Amit Kapila, Thomas Munro,
and Neha Sharma, and reviewed and revised by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAGPqQf09oPX-cQRpBKS0Gq49Z+m6KBxgxd_p9gX8CKk_d75HoQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-09 07:49:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
d6b059ec74 Document intentional violations of header inclusion policy.
Although there are good reasons for our policy of including postgres.h
as the first #include in every .c file, never from .h files, there are
two places where it seems expedient to violate the policy because the
alternative is to modify externally-supplied .c files.  (In the case
of the regexp library, the idea that it's externally-supplied is kind
of at odds with reality, but I haven't entirely given up hope that it
will become a standalone project some day.)  Add some comments to make
it explicit that this is a policy violation and provide the reasoning.

In passing, move #include "miscadmin.h" out of regcomp.c and into
regcustom.h, which is where it should be if we're taking this reasoning
seriously at all.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2zCoeq3QxVwhS5DFeUh=yU6z81pbWMgfOB8OzyiBwxzw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/11634.1488932128@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-08 17:01:13 -05:00
Robert Haas
f35742ccb7 Support parallel bitmap heap scans.
The index is scanned by a single process, but then all cooperating
processes can iterate jointly over the resulting set of heap blocks.
In the future, we might also want to support using a parallel bitmap
index scan to set up for a parallel bitmap heap scan, but that's a
job for another day.

Dilip Kumar, with some corrections and cosmetic changes by me.  The
larger patch set of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested
by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar, Tushar Ahuja, Rafia
Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, Thomas Munro, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 12:05:43 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
fcec6caafa Support XMLTABLE query expression
XMLTABLE is defined by the SQL/XML standard as a feature that allows
turning XML-formatted data into relational form, so that it can be used
as a <table primary> in the FROM clause of a query.

This new construct provides significant simplicity and performance
benefit for XML data processing; what in a client-side custom
implementation was reported to take 20 minutes can be executed in 400ms
using XMLTABLE.  (The same functionality was said to take 10 seconds
using nested PostgreSQL XPath function calls, and 5 seconds using
XMLReader under PL/Python).

The implemented syntax deviates slightly from what the standard
requires.  First, the standard indicates that the PASSING clause is
optional and that multiple XML input documents may be given to it; we
make it mandatory and accept a single document only.  Second, we don't
currently support a default namespace to be specified.

This implementation relies on a new executor node based on a hardcoded
method table.  (Because the grammar is fixed, there is no extensibility
in the current approach; further constructs can be implemented on top of
this such as JSON_TABLE, but they require changes to core code.)

Author: Pavel Stehule, Álvaro Herrera
Extensively reviewed by: Craig Ringer
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRAgfzMD-LoSmnMGybD0WsEznLHWap8DO79+-GTRAPR4qA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 12:40:26 -03:00
Robert Haas
d9528604cc Remove inclusion of postgres.h from a few header files.
Thomas Munro, per project policy articuled by Andres Freund and
Tom Lane.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2zCoeq3QxVwhS5DFeUh=yU6z81pbWMgfOB8OzyiBwxzw@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 08:18:12 -05:00
Robert Haas
98e6e89040 tidbitmap: Support shared iteration.
When a shared iterator is used, each call to tbm_shared_iterate()
returns a result that has not yet been returned to any process
attached to the shared iterator.  In other words, each cooperating
processes gets a disjoint subset of the full result set, but all
results are returned exactly once.

This is infrastructure for parallel bitmap heap scan.

Dilip Kumar.  The larger patch set of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by (at least) Andres Freund, Amit Khandekar,
Tushar Ahuja, Rafia Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, and Thomas Munro.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-uc4=0WxRGfCzs-xfkMYcSEWUC-Fon6thkJGjkh9i=13A@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-08 08:09:38 -05:00
Robert Haas
38305398cd hash: Refactor hash index creation.
The primary goal here is to move all of the related page modifications
to a single section of code, in preparation for adding write-ahead
logging.  In passing, rename _hash_metapinit to _hash_init, since it
initializes more than just the metapage.

Amit Kapila.  The larger patch series of which this is a part has been
reviewed and tested by Álvaro Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood,
Jeff Janes, and Jesper Pedersen.
2017-03-07 17:03:51 -05:00
Robert Haas
a71f10189d Preparatory refactoring for parallel merge join support.
Extract the logic used by hash_inner_and_outer into a separate
function, get_cheapest_parallel_safe_total_inner, so that it can
also be used to plan parallel merge joins.

Also, add a require_parallel_safe argument to the existing function
get_cheapest_path_for_pathkeys, because parallel merge join needs
to find the cheapest path for a given set of pathkeys that is
parallel-safe, not just the cheapest one overall.

Patch by me, reviewed by Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYOv+dFK0MWW6366dFj_xTnohQfoBDrHyB7d1oZhrgPjA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-07 10:33:29 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
55acfcbffd Fix comments in SCRAM-SHA-256 patch.
Amit Kapila.
2017-03-07 15:24:27 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
818fd4a67d Support SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication (RFC 5802 and 7677).
This introduces a new generic SASL authentication method, similar to the
GSS and SSPI methods. The server first tells the client which SASL
authentication mechanism to use, and then the mechanism-specific SASL
messages are exchanged in AuthenticationSASLcontinue and PasswordMessage
messages. Only SCRAM-SHA-256 is supported at the moment, but this allows
adding more SASL mechanisms in the future, without changing the overall
protocol.

Support for channel binding, aka SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS is left for later.

The SASLPrep algorithm, for pre-processing the password, is not yet
implemented. That could cause trouble, if you use a password with
non-ASCII characters, and a client library that does implement SASLprep.
That will hopefully be added later.

Authorization identities, as specified in the SCRAM-SHA-256 specification,
are ignored. SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION provides more or less the same
functionality, anyway.

If a user doesn't exist, perform a "mock" authentication, by constructing
an authentic-looking challenge on the fly. The challenge is derived from
a new system-wide random value, "mock authentication nonce", which is
created at initdb, and stored in the control file. We go through these
motions, in order to not give away the information on whether the user
exists, to unauthenticated users.

Bumps PG_CONTROL_VERSION, because of the new field in control file.

Patch by Michael Paquier and Heikki Linnakangas, reviewed at different
stages by Robert Haas, Stephen Frost, David Steele, Aleksander Alekseev,
and many others.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqRbR3GmFYdedCAhzukfKrgBLTLtMvENOmPrVWREsZkF8g%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqSMXU35g%3DW9X74HVeQp0uvgJxvYOuA4A-A3M%2B0wfEBv-w%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/55192AFE.6080106@iki.fi
2017-03-07 14:25:40 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
273c458a2b Refactor SHA2 functions and move them to src/common/.
This way both frontend and backends can use them. The functions are taken
from pgcrypto, which now fetches the source files it needs from
src/common/.

A new interface is designed for the SHA2 functions, which allow linking
to either OpenSSL or the in-core stuff taken from KAME as needed.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by Robert Haas.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqTGKuTM5jiZriHrNaQeVqp5e_iT3X4BFLWY_HyHxLvySQ%40mail.gmail.com
2017-03-07 14:23:49 +02:00
Andres Freund
d4c62a6b62 Make simplehash.h grow hashtable in additional cases.
Increase the size when either the distance between actual and optimal
slot grows too large, or when too many subsequent entries would have
to be moved.

This addresses reports that the simplehash performed, sometimes
considerably, worse than dynahash.

The reason turned out to be that insertions into the hashtable where,
due to the use of parallel query, in effect done from another
hashtable, in hash-value order.  If the target hashtable, due to
mis-estimation, was sized a lot smaller than the source table(s) that
lead to very imbalanced tables; a lot of entries in many close-by
buckets from the source tables were inserted into a single, wider,
bucket on the target table.  As the growth factor was solely computed
based on the fillfactor, the performance of the table decreased
further and further.

b81b5a96f4 was an attempt to address this problem for hash
aggregates (but not for bitmap scans), but it turns out that the
current method of mixing hash values often actually leaves neighboring
hash-values close to each other, just in different value range.  It
might be worth revisiting that independently of the performance issues
addressed in this patch..

To address that problem resize tables in two additional cases: Firstly
when the optimal position for an entry would be far from the actual
position, secondly when many entries would have to be moved to make
space for the new entry (while satisfying the robin hood property).

Due to the additional resizing threshold it seems possible, and
testing confirms that so far, that a higher fillfactor doesn't hurt
performance and saves a bit of memory.  It seems better to increase it
now, before a release containing any of this code, rather than wonder
in some later release.

The various boundaries aren't determined in a particularly scientific
manner, they might need some fine-tuning.

In all my tests the new code now, even with parallelism, performs at
least as good as the old code, in several scenarios significantly
better.

Reported-By: Dilip Kumar, Robert Haas, Kuntal Ghosh
Discussion:
    https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vagvuAydKG9VnWcoK=ADAhxmOa4ZTrmNsViBBooTnriQ@mail.gmail.com
    https://postgr.es/m/CAGz5QC+=fNTYgzMLTBUNeKt6uaWZFXJbkB5+7oWm-n9DwVxcLA@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-06 14:13:06 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut
2ca64c6f71 Replace LookupFuncNameTypeNames() with LookupFuncWithArgs()
The old function took function name and function argument list as
separate arguments.  Now that all function signatures are passed around
as ObjectWithArgs structs, this is no longer necessary and can be
replaced by a function that takes ObjectWithArgs directly.  Similarly
for aggregates and operators.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
8b6d6cf853 Remove objname/objargs split for referring to objects
In simpler times, it might have worked to refer to all kinds of objects
by a list of name components and an optional argument list.  But this
doesn't work for all objects, which has resulted in a collection of
hacks to place various other nodes types into these fields, which have
to be unpacked at the other end.  This makes it also weird to represent
lists of such things in the grammar, because they would have to be lists
of singleton lists, to make the unpacking work consistently.  The other
problem is that keeping separate name and args fields makes it awkward
to deal with lists of functions.

Change that by dropping the objargs field and have objname, renamed to
object, be a generic Node, which can then be flexibly assigned and
managed using the normal Node mechanisms.  In many cases it will still
be a List of names, in some cases it will be a string Value, for types
it will be the existing Typename, for functions it will now use the
existing ObjectWithArgs node type.  Some of the more obscure object
types still use somewhat arbitrary nested lists.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
550214a4ef Add operator_with_argtypes grammar rule
This makes the handling of operators similar to that of functions and
aggregates.

Rename node FuncWithArgs to ObjectWithArgs, to reflect the expanded use.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
63ebd377a6 Use class_args field in opclass_drop
This makes it consistent with the usage in opclass_item.

Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-06 13:31:47 -05:00
Robert Haas
9fe3c644a7 Mark pg_start_backup and pg_stop_backup as parallel-restricted.
They depend on backend-private state that will not be synchronized by
the parallel machinery, so they should not be marked parallel-safe.
This issue also exists in 9.6, but we obviously can't do anything
about 9.6 clusters that already exist.  Possibly this could be
back-patched so that future 9.6 clusters would come out OK, or
possibly we should back-patch some other fix, but that would need more
discussion.

David Steele, reviewed by Michael Paquier

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYCWfO2UM-t=HUMFJyxJywLDiLL0nAJpx88LKtvBvNECw@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-06 12:41:55 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
272adf4f9c Disallow CREATE/DROP SUBSCRIPTION in transaction block
Disallow CREATE SUBSCRIPTION and DROP SUBSCRIPTION in a transaction
block when the replication slot is to be created or dropped, since that
cannot be rolled back.

based on patch by Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
2017-03-03 23:29:13 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
6f236e1eb8 psql: Add tab completion for logical replication
Add tab completion for publications and subscriptions.  Also, to be able
to get a list of subscriptions, make pg_subscription world-readable but
revoke access to subconninfo using column privileges.

From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-03-03 14:13:48 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
1e8a850094 Use asynchronous connect API in libpqwalreceiver
This makes the connection attempt from CREATE SUBSCRIPTION and from
WalReceiver interruptable by the user in case the libpq connection is
hanging.  The previous coding required immediate shutdown (SIGQUIT) of
PostgreSQL in that situation.

From: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
Tested-by: Thom Brown <thom@linux.com>
2017-03-03 09:13:58 -05:00
Robert Haas
19dc233c32 Add pg_current_logfile() function.
The syslogger will write out the current stderr and csvlog names, if
it's running and there are any, to a new file in the data directory
called "current_logfiles".  We take care to remove this file when it
might no longer be valid (but not at shutdown).  The function
pg_current_logfile() can be used to read the entries in the file.

Gilles Darold, reviewed and modified by Karl O.  Pinc, Michael
Paquier, and me.  Further review by Álvaro Herrera and Christoph Berg.
2017-03-03 11:43:11 +05:30
Robert Haas
aea5d29836 Notify bgworker registrant after freeing worker slot.
Tom Lane observed buildfarm failures caused by the select_parallel
regression test trying to launch new parallel queries before the
worker slots used by the previous ones were freed.  Try to fix this by
having the postmaster free the worker slots before it sends the
SIGUSR1 notifications to the registering process.  This doesn't
completely eliminate the possibility that the user backend might
(correctly) observe the worker as dead before the slot is free, but I
believe it should make the window significantly narrower.

Patch by me, per complaint from Tom Lane.  Reviewed by Amit Kapila.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/30673.1487310734@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-03-03 09:25:30 +05:30
Robert Haas
5a73e17317 Improve error reporting for tuple-routing failures.
Currently, the whole row is shown without column names.  Instead,
adopt a style similar to _bt_check_unique() in ExecFindPartition()
and show the failing key: (key1, ...) = (val1, ...).

Amit Langote, per a complaint from Simon Riggs.  Reviewed by me;
I also adjusted the grammar in one of the comments.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/9f9dc7ae-14f0-4a25-5485-964d9bfc19bd@lab.ntt.co.jp
2017-03-03 09:09:52 +05:30
Andres Freund
8f7277dfb5 Fix s/ITERTOR/ITERATOR/ typo in simplehash.h.
This could lead to problem when simplehash.h is used to define two
different types of hashtable visible in the same translation unit.

Reported-By: Josh Soref
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACZqfqCC7WdBAY=rQePb9-qW1rjdaTdHsV5KoVejHkDb6qrtOg@mail.gmail.com
2017-03-01 10:17:12 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut
005638e988 Fix naming inconsistency
subobjid -> objsubid

From: Jim Nasby <Jim.Nasby@BlueTreble.com>
2017-03-01 12:22:33 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
20f6d74242 Collect duplicate copies of oid_cmp() 2017-03-01 11:55:28 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
788af6f854 Move atooid() definition to a central place 2017-03-01 11:55:28 -05:00
Andres Freund
7e3aa03b41 Reduce size of common allocation header.
The new slab allocator needs different per-allocation information than
the classical aset.c.  The definition in 58b25e981 wasn't sufficiently
careful on 32 platforms with 8 byte alignment, leading to buildfarm
failures.  That's not entirely easy to fix by just adjusting the
definition.

As slab.c doesn't actually need the size part(s) of the common header,
all chunks are equally sized after all, it seems better to instead
reduce the header to the part needed by all allocators, namely which
context an allocation belongs to. That has the advantage of reducing
the overhead of slab allocations, and also allows for more flexibility
in future allocators.

To avoid spreading the logic about accessing a chunk's context around,
centralize it in GetMemoryChunkContext(), which allows to delete a
good number of lines.

A followup commit will revise the mmgr/README portion about
StandardChunkHeader, and more.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170228074420.aazv4iw6k562mnxg@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-02-28 19:42:44 -08:00
Tom Lane
9b88f27cb4 Allow index AMs to return either HeapTuple or IndexTuple format during IOS.
Previously, only IndexTuple format was supported for the output data of
an index-only scan.  This is fine for btree, which is just returning a
verbatim index tuple anyway.  It's not so fine for SP-GiST, which can
return reconstructed data that's much larger than a page.

To fix, extend the index AM API so that index-only scan data can be
returned in either HeapTuple or IndexTuple format.  There's other ways
we could have done it, but this way avoids an API break for index AMs
that aren't concerned with the issue, and it costs little except a couple
more fields in IndexScanDescs.

I changed both GiST and SP-GiST to use the HeapTuple method.  I'm not
very clear on whether GiST can reconstruct data that's too large for an
IndexTuple, but that seems possible, and it's not much of a code change to
fix.

Per a complaint from Vik Fearing.  Reviewed by Jason Li.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/49527f79-530d-0bfe-3dad-d183596afa92@2ndquadrant.fr
2017-02-27 17:20:34 -05:00
Robert Haas
30df93f698 hash: Refactor overflow page allocation.
As with commit b0f18cb77f, the goal
here is to move all of the related page modifications to a single
section of code, in preparation for adding write-ahead logging.

Amit Kapila, with slight changes by me.  The larger patch series
of which this is a part has been reviewed and tested by Álvaro
Herrera, Ashutosh Sharma, Mark Kirkwood, Jeff Janes, and Jesper
Pedersen, all of whom should also have been credited in the
previous commit message.
2017-02-27 22:59:55 +05:30
Robert Haas
b0f18cb77f hash: Refactor bucket squeeze code.
In preparation for adding write-ahead logging to hash indexes,
refactor _hash_freeovflpage and _hash_squeezebucket so that all
related page modifications happen in a single section of code.  The
previous coding assumed that it would be fine to move tuples one at a
time, and also that the various operations involved in freeing an
overflow page didn't necessarily all need to be done together, all
of which is true if you don't care about write-ahead logging.

Amit Kapila, with slight changes by me.
2017-02-27 22:34:21 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
2ed193c904 chomp PQerrorMessage() in backend uses
PQerrorMessage() returns an error message with a trailing newline, but
in backend use (dblink, postgres_fdw, libpqwalreceiver), we want to have
the error message without that for emitting via ereport().  To simplify
that, add a function pchomp() that returns a pstrdup'ed string with the
trailing newline characters removed.
2017-02-27 08:54:51 -05:00
Andres Freund
9fab40ad32 Use the new "Slab" context for some allocations in reorderbuffer.h.
Note that this change alone does not yet fully address the performance
problems triggering this work, a large portion of the slowdown is
triggered by the tuple allocator, which isn't converted to the new
allocator.  It would be possible to do so, but using evenly sized
objects, like both the current implementation in reorderbuffer.c and
slab.c, wastes a fair amount of memory.  A later patch by Tomas will
introduce a better approach.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d15dff83-0b37-28ed-0809-95a5cc7292ad@2ndquadrant.com
2017-02-27 03:41:44 -08:00
Andres Freund
58b25e9810 Add "Slab" MemoryContext implementation for efficient equal-sized allocations.
The default general purpose aset.c style memory context is not a great
choice for allocations that are all going to be evenly sized,
especially when those objects aren't small, and have varying
lifetimes.  There tends to be a lot of fragmentation, larger
allocations always directly go to libc rather than have their cost
amortized over several pallocs.

These problems lead to the introduction of ad-hoc slab allocators in
reorderbuffer.c. But it turns out that the simplistic implementation
leads to problems when a lot of objects are allocated and freed, as
aset.c is still the underlying implementation. Especially freeing can
easily run into O(n^2) behavior in aset.c.

While the O(n^2) behavior in aset.c can, and probably will, be
addressed, custom allocators for this behavior are more efficient
both in space and time.

This allocator is for evenly sized allocations, and supports both
cheap allocations and freeing, without fragmenting significantly.  It
does so by allocating evenly sized blocks via malloc(), and carves
them into chunks that can be used for allocations.  In order to
release blocks to the OS as early as possible, chunks are allocated
from the fullest block that still has free objects, increasing the
likelihood of a block being entirely unused.

A subsequent commit uses this in reorderbuffer.c, but a further
allocator is needed to resolve the performance problems triggering
this work.

There likely are further potentialy uses of this allocator besides
reorderbuffer.c.

There's potential further optimizations of the new slab.c, in
particular the array of freelists could be replaced by a more
intelligent structure - but for now this looks more than good enough.

Author: Tomas Vondra, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Petr Jelinek, Robert Haas, Jim Nasby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d15dff83-0b37-28ed-0809-95a5cc7292ad@2ndquadrant.com
2017-02-27 03:41:44 -08:00
Andres Freund
bfd12cccbd Make useful infrastructure from aset.c generally available.
An upcoming patch introduces a new type of memory context. To avoid
duplicating debugging infrastructure within aset.c, move useful pieces
to memdebug.[ch].

While touching aset.c, fix printf format code in AllocFree* debug
macros.

Author: Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b3b2245c-b37a-e1e5-ebc4-857c914bc747@2ndquadrant.com
2017-02-27 03:41:44 -08:00
Robert Haas
a315b967cc Allow custom and foreign scans to have shutdown callbacks.
This is expected to be useful mostly when performing such scans in
parallel, because in that case it allows (in combination with commit
acf555bc53) nodes below a Gather to get
control just before the DSM segment goes away.

KaiGai Kohei, except that I rewrote the documentation.  Reviewed by
Claudio Freire.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CADyhKSXJK0jUJ8rWv4AmKDhsUh124_rEn39eqgfC5D8fu6xVuw@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-26 13:41:12 +05:30
Tom Lane
2bd7f85796 Remove some configure header-file checks that we weren't really using.
We had some AC_CHECK_HEADER tests that were really wastes of cycles,
because the code proceeded to #include those headers unconditionally
anyway, in all or a large majority of cases.  The lack of complaints
shows that those headers are available on every platform of interest,
so we might as well let configure run a bit faster by not probing
those headers at all.

I suspect that some of the tests I left alone are equally useless, but
since all the existing #includes of the remaining headers are properly
guarded, I didn't touch them.
2017-02-25 18:10:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
9e3755ecb2 Remove useless duplicate inclusions of system header files.
c.h #includes a number of core libc header files, such as <stdio.h>.
There's no point in re-including these after having read postgres.h,
postgres_fe.h, or c.h; so remove code that did so.

While at it, also fix some places that were ignoring our standard pattern
of "include postgres[_fe].h, then system header files, then other Postgres
header files".  While there's not any great magic in doing it that way
rather than system headers last, it's silly to have just a few files
deviating from the general pattern.  (But I didn't attempt to enforce this
globally, only in files I was touching anyway.)

I'd be the first to say that this is mostly compulsive neatnik-ism,
but over time it might save enough compile cycles to be useful.
2017-02-25 16:12:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
41c16edcf6 Fix unportable definition of BSWAP64() macro.
We have a portable way of writing uint64 constants, but whoever wrote
this macro didn't know about it.

While at it, fix unsafe under-parenthesization of arguments.  That might
be moot, because there are already good reasons not to use the macro on
anything more complicated than a simple variable, but it's still poor
practice.

Per buildfarm warnings.
2017-02-24 15:21:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
c29aff959d Consistently declare timestamp variables as TimestampTz.
Twiddle the replication-related code so that its timestamp variables
are declared TimestampTz, rather than the uninformative "int64" that
was previously used for meant-to-be-always-integer timestamps.
This resolves the int64-vs-TimestampTz declaration inconsistencies
introduced by commit 7c030783a, though in the opposite direction to
what was originally suggested.

This required including datatype/timestamp.h in a couple more places
than before.  I decided it would be a good idea to slim down that
header by not having it pull in <float.h> etc, as those headers are
no longer at all relevant to its purpose.  Unsurprisingly, a small number
of .c files turn out to have been depending on those inclusions, so add
them back in the .c files as needed.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27694.1487456324@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-23 15:57:08 -05:00
Tom Lane
b9d092c962 Remove now-dead code for !HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP.
This is a basically mechanical removal of #ifdef HAVE_INT64_TIMESTAMP
tests and the negative-case controlled code.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-23 14:04:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
d28aafb6dd Remove pg_control's enableIntTimes field.
We don't need it any more.

pg_controldata continues to report that date/time type storage is
"64-bit integers", but that's now a hard-wired behavior not something
it sees in the data.  This avoids breaking pg_upgrade, and perhaps other
utilities that inspect pg_control this way.  Ditto for pg_resetwal.

I chose to remove the "bigint_timestamps" output column of
pg_control_init(), though, as that function hasn't been around long
and probably doesn't have ossified users.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-23 12:23:12 -05:00
Tom Lane
b6aa17e0ae De-support floating-point timestamps.
Per discussion, the time has come to do this.  The handwriting has been
on the wall at least since 9.0 that this would happen someday, whenever
it got to be too much of a burden to support the float-timestamp option.
The triggering factor now is the discovery that there are multiple bugs
in the code that attempts to implement use of integer timestamps in the
replication protocol even when the server is built for float timestamps.
The internal float timestamps leak into the protocol fields in places.
While we could fix the identified bugs, there's a very high risk of
introducing more.  Trying to build a wall that would positively prevent
mixing integer and float timestamps is more complexity than we want to
undertake to maintain a long-deprecated option.  The fact that these
bugs weren't found through testing also indicates a lack of interest
in float timestamps.

This commit disables configure's --disable-integer-datetimes switch
(it'll still accept --enable-integer-datetimes, though), removes direct
references to USE_INTEGER_DATETIMES, and removes discussion of float
timestamps from the user documentation.  A considerable amount of code is
rendered dead by this, but removing that will occur as separate mop-up.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26788.1487455319@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-23 11:40:20 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e8d016d819 Remove deprecated COMMENT ON RULE syntax
This was only used for allowing upgrades from pre-7.3 instances, which
was a long time ago.
2017-02-23 08:19:52 -05:00
Robert Haas
4c728f3829 Pass the source text for a parallel query to the workers.
With this change, you can see the query that a parallel worker is
executing in pg_stat_activity, and if the worker crashes you can
see what query it was executing when it crashed.

Rafia Sabih, reviewed by Kuntal Ghosh and Amit Kapila and slightly
revised by me.
2017-02-22 12:18:29 +05:30
Robert Haas
0414b26bac Add optimizer and executor support for parallel index-only scans.
Commit 5262f7a4fc added similar support
for parallel index scans; this extends that work to index-only scans.
As with parallel index scans, this requires support from the index AM,
so currently parallel index-only scans will only be possible for btree
indexes.

Rafia Sabih, reviewed and tested by Rahila Syed, Tushar Ahuja,
and Amit Kapila

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOGQiiPEAs4C=TBp0XShxBvnWXuzGL2u++Hm1=qnCpd6_Mf8Fw@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-19 15:57:55 +05:30
Robert Haas
16be2fd100 Make dsa_allocate interface more like MemoryContextAlloc.
A new function dsa_allocate_extended now takes flags which indicate
that huge allocations should be permitted, that out-of-memory
conditions should not throw an error, and/or that the returned memory
should be zero-filled, just like MemoryContextAllocateExtended.

Commit 9acb85597f, which added
dsa_allocate0, was broken because it failed to account for the
possibility that dsa_allocate() might return InvalidDsaPointer.
This fixes that problem along the way.

Thomas Munro, with some comment changes by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobt7CcF_uQP2UQwWmu4K9qCHehMJP9_9m1urwP8hbOeHQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-19 13:59:53 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
e7e4cd1ab5 Fix typo on comment 2017-02-16 23:53:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
9acb85597f Add new function dsa_allocate0.
This does the same thing as dsa_allocate, except that the memory
is guaranteed to be zero-filled on return.

Dilip Kumar, adjusted by me.
2017-02-16 12:57:03 -05:00
Tom Lane
93e6e40574 Formatting and docs corrections for logical decoding output plugins.
Make the typedefs for output plugins consistent with project style;
they were previously not even consistent with each other as to layout
or inclusion of parameter names.  Make the documentation look the same,
and fix errors therein (missing and misdescribed parameters).

Back-patch because of the documentation bugs.
2017-02-15 18:15:47 -05:00
Robert Haas
5262f7a4fc Add optimizer and executor support for parallel index scans.
In combination with 569174f1be, which
taught the btree AM how to perform parallel index scans, this allows
parallel index scan plans on btree indexes.  This infrastructure
should be general enough to support parallel index scans for other
index AMs as well, if someone updates them to support parallel
scans.

Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar
Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi, and me.
2017-02-15 13:53:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
51ee6f3160 Replace min_parallel_relation_size with two new GUCs.
When min_parallel_relation_size was added, the only supported type
of parallel scan was a parallel sequential scan, but there are
pending patches for parallel index scan, parallel index-only scan,
and parallel bitmap heap scan.  Those patches introduce two new
types of complications: first, what's relevant is not really the
total size of the relation but the portion of it that we will scan;
and second, index pages and heap pages shouldn't necessarily be
treated in exactly the same way.  Typically, the number of index
pages will be quite small, but that doesn't necessarily mean that
a parallel index scan can't pay off.

Therefore, we introduce min_parallel_table_scan_size, which works
out a degree of parallelism for scans based on the number of table
pages that will be scanned (and which is therefore equivalent to
min_parallel_relation_size for parallel sequential scans) and also
min_parallel_index_scan_size which can be used to work out a degree
of parallelism based on the number of index pages that will be
scanned.

Amit Kapila and Robert Haas

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KowGSYYVpd2qPpaPPA5R90r++QwDFbrRECTE9H_HvpOg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+TnM4pXQbvn7OXqam+k_HZqb0ROZUMxOiL6DWJYCyYow@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-15 13:37:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
5d40286985 Fix wrong articles in pg_proc descriptions.
This technically should involve a catversion bump, but that seems
pedantic, so I skipped it.

Report and patch by David Christensen.
2017-02-15 12:13:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
6d16ecc646 Add CREATE COLLATION IF NOT EXISTS clause
The core of the functionality was already implemented when
pg_import_system_collations was added.  This just exposes it as an
option in the SQL command.
2017-02-15 10:01:28 -05:00
Robert Haas
569174f1be btree: Support parallel index scans.
This isn't exposed to the optimizer or the executor yet; we'll add
support for those things in a separate patch.  But this puts the
basic mechanism in place: several processes can attach to a parallel
btree index scan, and each one will get a subset of the tuples that
would have been produced by a non-parallel scan.  Each index page
becomes the responsibility of a single worker, which then returns
all of the TIDs on that page.

Rahila Syed, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, reviewed and tested by
Anastasia Lubennikova, Tushar Ahuja, and Haribabu Kommi.
2017-02-15 07:41:14 -05:00
Robert Haas
5e6d8d2bbb Allow parallel workers to execute subplans.
This doesn't do anything to make Param nodes anything other than
parallel-restricted, so this only helps with uncorrelated subplans,
and it's not necessarily very cheap because each worker will run the
subplan separately (just as a Hash Join will build a separate copy of
the hash table in each participating process), but it's a first step
toward supporting cases that are more likely to help in practice, and
is occasionally useful on its own.

Amit Kapila, reviewed and tested by Rafia Sabih, Dilip Kumar, and
me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+e8Z45D2n+rnDMDYsVEb5iW7jqaCH_tvPMYau=1Rru9w@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-14 18:16:03 -05:00
Robert Haas
8da9a22636 Split index xlog headers from other private index headers.
The xlog-specific headers need to be included in both frontend code -
specifically, pg_waldump - and the backend, but the remainder of the
private headers for each index are only needed by the backend.  By
splitting the xlog stuff out into separate headers, pg_waldump pulls
in fewer backend headers, which is a good thing.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier and Andres Freund, per a
complaint from Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZ=F=GkxV0YEv-A8tb+AEGy_Qa7GSiJ8deBKFATnzfEug@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-14 15:37:59 -05:00
Robert Haas
fb47544d0c Minor fixes for WAL consistency checking.
Michael Paquier, reviewed and slightly revised by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAB7nPqRzCQb=vdfHvMtP0HMLBHU6z1aGdo4GJsUP-HP8jx+Pkw@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-14 12:41:01 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2ea5b06c7a Add CREATE SEQUENCE AS <data type> clause
This stores a data type, required to be an integer type, with the
sequence.  The sequences min and max values default to the range
supported by the type, and they cannot be set to values exceeding that
range.  The internal implementation of the sequence is not affected.

Change the serial types to create sequences of the appropriate type.
This makes sure that the min and max values of the sequence for a serial
column match the range of values supported by the table column.  So the
sequence can no longer overflow the table column.

This also makes monitoring for sequence exhaustion/wraparound easier,
which currently requires various contortions to cross-reference the
sequences with the table columns they are used with.

This commit also effectively reverts the pg_sequence column reordering
in f3b421da5f, because the new seqtypid
column allows us to fill the hole in the struct and create a more
natural overall column ordering.

Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-02-10 15:34:35 -05:00
Robert Haas
85c11324ca Rename user-facing tools with "xlog" in the name to say "wal".
This means pg_receivexlog because pg_receivewal, pg_resetxlog
becomes pg_resetwal, and pg_xlogdump becomes pg_waldump.
2017-02-09 16:23:46 -05:00
Robert Haas
806091c96f Remove all references to "xlog" from SQL-callable functions in pg_proc.
Commit f82ec32ac3 renamed the pg_xlog
directory to pg_wal.  To make things consistent, and because "xlog" is
terrible terminology for either "transaction log" or "write-ahead log"
rename all SQL-callable functions that contain "xlog" in the name to
instead contain "wal".  (Note that this may pose an upgrade hazard for
some users.)

Similarly, rename the xlog_position argument of the functions that
create slots to be called wal_position.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA+Tgmob=YmA=H3DbW1YuOXnFVgBheRmyDkWcD9M8f=5bGWYEoQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-09 15:10:09 -05:00
Robert Haas
72257f9578 simplehash: Additional tweaks to make specifying an allocator work.
Even if we don't emit definitions for SH_ALLOCATE and SH_FREE, we
still need prototypes.  The user can't define them before including
simplehash.h because SH_TYPE isn't available yet.

For the allocator to be able to access private_data, it needs to
become an argument to SH_CREATE.  Previously we relied on callers
to set that after returning from SH_CREATE, but SH_CREATE calls
SH_ALLOCATE before returning.

Dilip Kumar, reviewed by me.
2017-02-09 14:59:57 -05:00
Tom Lane
86d911ec0f Allow index AMs to cache data across aminsert calls within a SQL command.
It's always been possible for index AMs to cache data across successive
amgettuple calls within a single SQL command: the IndexScanDesc.opaque
field is meant for precisely that.  However, no comparable facility
exists for amortizing setup work across successive aminsert calls.
This patch adds such a feature and teaches GIN, GIST, and BRIN to use it
to amortize catalog lookups they'd previously been doing on every call.
(The other standard index AMs keep everything they need in the relcache,
so there's little to improve there.)

For GIN, the overall improvement in a statement that inserts many rows
can be as much as 10%, though it seems a bit less for the other two.
In addition, this makes a really significant difference in runtime
for CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS tests, since in those builds the repeated
catalog lookups are vastly more expensive.

The reason this has been hard up to now is that the aminsert function is
not passed any useful place to cache per-statement data.  What I chose to
do is to add suitable fields to struct IndexInfo and pass that to aminsert.
That's not widening the index AM API very much because IndexInfo is already
within the ken of ambuild; in fact, by passing the same info to aminsert
as to ambuild, this is really removing an inconsistency in the AM API.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27568.1486508680@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-09 11:52:12 -05:00
Robert Haas
a507b86900 Add WAL consistency checking facility.
When the new GUC wal_consistency_checking is set to a non-empty value,
it triggers recording of additional full-page images, which are
compared on the standby against the results of applying the WAL record
(without regard to those full-page images).  Allowable differences
such as hints are masked out, and the resulting pages are compared;
any difference results in a FATAL error on the standby.

Kuntal Ghosh, based on earlier patches by Michael Paquier and Heikki
Linnakangas.  Extensively reviewed and revised by Michael Paquier and
by me, with additional reviews and comments from Amit Kapila, Álvaro
Herrera, Simon Riggs, and Peter Eisentraut.
2017-02-08 15:45:30 -05:00
Robert Haas
c3c4f6e174 Revise the way the element allocator for a simplehash is specified.
This method is more elegant and more efficient.

Per a suggestion from Andres Freund, who also briefly reviewed
the patch.
2017-02-07 17:10:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
ac8eb972f2 Avoid redefining simplehash_allocate/simplehash_free.
There's no generic guard against multiple inclusion in this file,
for good reason.  But these typedefs need one, as per a report
from Jeff Janes.
2017-02-07 16:20:05 -05:00
Robert Haas
565903af47 Allow the element allocator for a simplehash to be specified.
This is infrastructure for a pending patch to allow parallel bitmap
heap scans.

Dilip Kumar, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Andres Freund and
(more recently) by me.  Some further renaming by me, also.
2017-02-07 16:01:44 -05:00
Robert Haas
293e24e507 Cache hash index's metapage in rel->rd_amcache.
This avoids a very significant amount of buffer manager traffic and
contention when scanning hash indexes, because it's no longer
necessary to lock and pin the metapage for every scan.  We do need
some way of figuring out when the cache is too stale to use any more,
so that when we lock the primary bucket page to which the cached
metapage points us, we can tell whether a split has occurred since we
cached the metapage data.  To do that, we use the hash_prevblkno field
in the primary bucket page, which would otherwise always be set to
InvalidBuffer.

This patch contains code so that it will continue working (although
less efficiently) with hash indexes built before this change, but
perhaps we should consider bumping the hash version and ripping out
the compatibility code.  That decision can be made later, though.

Mithun Cy, reviewed by Jesper Pedersen, Amit Kapila, and by me.
Before committing, I made a number of cosmetic changes to the last
posted version of the patch, adjusted _hash_getcachedmetap to be more
careful about order of operation, and made some necessary updates to
the pageinspect documentation and regression tests.
2017-02-07 12:35:45 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
181bdb90ba Fix typos in comments.
Backpatch to all supported versions, where applicable, to make backpatching
of future fixes go more smoothly.

Josh Soref

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACZqfqCf+5qRztLPgmmosr-B0Ye4srWzzw_mo4c_8_B_mtjmJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-02-06 11:33:58 +02:00
Robert Haas
08bf6e5295 pageinspect: Support hash indexes.
Patch by Jesper Pedersen and Ashutosh Sharma, with some error handling
improvements by me.  Tests from Peter Eisentraut.  Reviewed by Álvaro
Herrera, Michael Paquier, Jesper Pedersen, Jeff Janes, Peter
Eisentraut, Amit Kapila, Mithun Cy, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/e2ac6c58-b93f-9dd9-f4e6-d6d30add7fdf@redhat.com
2017-02-02 14:19:32 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
f1169ab501 Don't count background workers against a user's connection limit.
Doing so doesn't seem to be within the purpose of the per user
connection limits, and has particularly unfortunate effects in
conjunction with parallel queries.

Backpatch to 9.6 where parallel queries were introduced.

David Rowley, reviewed by Robert Haas and Albe Laurenz.
2017-02-01 18:02:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
aedd554f84 Fix CatalogTupleInsert/Update abstraction for case of shared indstate.
Add CatalogTupleInsertWithInfo and CatalogTupleUpdateWithInfo to let
callers use the CatalogTupleXXX abstraction layer even in cases where
we want to share the results of CatalogOpenIndexes across multiple
inserts/updates for efficiency.  This finishes the job begun in commit
2f5c9d9c9, by allowing some remaining simple_heap_insert/update
calls to be replaced.  The abstraction layer is now complete enough
that we don't have to export CatalogIndexInsert at all anymore.

Also, this fixes several places in which 2f5c9d9c9 introduced performance
regressions by using retail CatalogTupleInsert or CatalogTupleUpdate even
though the previous coding had been able to amortize CatalogOpenIndexes
work across multiple tuples.

A possible future improvement is to arrange for the indexing.c functions
to cache the CatalogIndexState somewhere, maybe in the relcache, in which
case we could get rid of CatalogTupleInsertWithInfo and
CatalogTupleUpdateWithInfo again.  But that's a task for another day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27502.1485981379@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-01 17:18:36 -05:00
Tom Lane
ab02896510 Provide CatalogTupleDelete() as a wrapper around simple_heap_delete().
This extends the work done in commit 2f5c9d9c9 to provide a more nearly
complete abstraction layer hiding the details of index updating for catalog
changes.  That commit only invented abstractions for catalog inserts and
updates, leaving nearby code for catalog deletes still calling the
heap-level routines directly.  That seems rather ugly from here, and it
does little to help if we ever want to shift to a storage system in which
indexing work is needed at delete time.

Hence, create a wrapper function CatalogTupleDelete(), and replace calls
of simple_heap_delete() on catalog tuples with it.  There are now very
few direct calls of [simple_]heap_delete remaining in the tree.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/462.1485902736@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-02-01 16:13:30 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
dbd69118c0 Replace isMD5() with a more future-proof way to check if pw is encrypted.
The rule is that if pg_authid.rolpassword begins with "md5" and has the
right length, it's an MD5 hash, otherwise it's a plaintext password. The
idiom has been to use isMD5() to check for that, but that gets awkward,
when we add new kinds of verifiers, like the verifiers for SCRAM
authentication in the pending SCRAM patch set. Replace isMD5() with a new
get_password_type() function, so that when new verifier types are added, we
don't need to remember to modify every place that currently calls isMD5(),
to also recognize the new kinds of verifiers.

Also, use the new plain_crypt_verify function in passwordcheck, so that it
doesn't need to know about MD5, or in the future, about other kinds of
hashes or password verifiers.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Peter Eisentraut.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2d07165c-1793-e243-a2a9-e45b624c7580@iki.fi
2017-02-01 13:11:37 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
2f5c9d9c9c Tweak catalog indexing abstraction for upcoming WARM
Split the existing CatalogUpdateIndexes into two different routines,
CatalogTupleInsert and CatalogTupleUpdate, which do both the heap
insert/update plus the index update.  This removes over 300 lines of
boilerplate code all over src/backend/catalog/ and src/backend/commands.
The resulting code is much more pleasing to the eye.

Also, by encapsulating what happens in detail during an UPDATE, this
facilitates the upcoming WARM patch, which is going to add a few more
lines to the update case making the boilerplate even more boring.

The original CatalogUpdateIndexes is removed; there was only one use
left, and since it's just three lines, we can as well expand it in place
there.  We could keep it, but WARM is going to break all the UPDATE
out-of-core callsites anyway, so there seems to be no benefit in doing
so.

Author: Pavan Deolasee
Discussion: https://www.postgr.es/m/CABOikdOcFYSZ4vA2gYfs=M2cdXzXX4qGHeEiW3fu9PCfkHLa2A@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-31 18:42:24 -03:00
Tom Lane
de16ab7238 Invent pg_hba_file_rules view to show the content of pg_hba.conf.
This view is designed along the same lines as pg_file_settings, to wit
it shows what is currently in the file, not what the postmaster has
loaded as the active settings.  That allows it to be used to pre-vet
edits before issuing SIGHUP.  As with the earlier view, go out of our
way to allow errors in the file to be reflected in the view, to assist
that use-case.

(We might at some point invent a view to show the current active settings,
but this is not that patch; and it's not trivial to do.)

Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by Ashutosh Bapat, Michael Paquier, Simon Riggs,
and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJrrPGerH4jiwpcXT1-46QXUDmNp2QDrG9+-Tek_xC8APHShYw@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-30 18:00:26 -05:00
Stephen Frost
e54f75722c Handle ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP with pg_init_privs
In commit 6c268df, pg_init_privs was added to track the initial
privileges of catalog objects and extensions.  Unfortunately, that
commit didn't include understanding of ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP, which
allows the objects associated with an extension to be changed after the
initial CREATE EXTENSION script has been run.

The result of this meant that ACLs for objects added through
ALTER EXTENSION ADD were not recorded into pg_init_privs and we would
end up including those ACLs in pg_dump when we shouldn't have.

This commit corrects that by making sure to have pg_init_privs updated
when ALTER EXTENSION ADD/DROP is run, recording the permissions as they
are at ALTER EXTENSION ADD time, and removing any if/when ALTER
EXTENSION DROP is called.

This issue was pointed out by Moshe Jacobson as commentary on bug #14456
(which was actually a bug about versions prior to 9.6 not handling
custom ACLs on extensions correctly, an issue now addressed with
pg_init_privs in 9.6).

Back-patch to 9.6 where pg_init_privs was introduced.
2017-01-29 23:05:07 -05:00
Robert Haas
da08a65989 Refactor bitmap heap scan estimation of heap pages fetched.
Currently, we only need this logic in order to cost a Bitmap Heap
Scan.  But a pending patch for Parallel Bitmap Heap Scan also uses
it to help figure out how many workers to use for the scan, which
has to be determined prior to costing.  So, move the logic to
a separate function to make that easier.

Dilip Kumar.  The patch series of which this is a part has been
reviewed by Andres Freund, Amit Khendekar, Tushar Ahuja, Rafia
Sabih, Haribabu Kommi, and me; it is not clear from the email
discussion which of those people have looked specifically at this
part.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-v3QYNJEZnnmKCeATuLbN-h9tMVfeEF0+BrouYDqjXgwg@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-27 16:28:47 -05:00
Tom Lane
fefb86b147 Orthography fixes for new castNode() macro.
Clean up hastily-composed comment.  Normalize whitespace.

Erik Rijkers and myself
2017-01-27 08:33:58 -05:00
Andres Freund
5bcab11142 Add castNode(type, ptr) for safe casting between NodeTag based types.
The new function allows to cast from one NodeTag based type to
another, while asserting that the conversion is valid.  This replaces
the common pattern of doing a cast and a Assert(IsA(ptr, type))
close-by.

As this seems likely to be used pervasively, we decided to backpatch
this change the addition of this macro. Otherwise backpatched fixes
are more likely not to work on back-branches.

On branches before 9.6, where we do not yet rely on inline functions
being available, the type assertion is only performed if PG_USE_INLINE
support is detected. The cast obviously is performed regardless.

For the benefit of verifying the macro compiles in the back-branches,
this commit contains a single use of the new macro. On master, a
somewhat larger conversion will be committed separately.

Author: Peter Eisentraut and Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c5d387d9-3440-f5e0-f9d4-71d53b9fbe52@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: 9.2-
2017-01-26 16:47:03 -08:00
Fujii Masao
bdadf36eb4 Fix typo in description for pg_replication_origin_advance function. 2017-01-27 00:42:33 +09:00
Tom Lane
f7c6246240 Introduce convenience macros to hide JsonbContainer header accesses better.
This improves readability a bit and may make future improvements easier.

In passing, make sure that the JB_ROOT_IS_XXX macros deliver boolean (0/1)
results; the previous coding was a bug hazard, though no actual bugs are
known.

Nikita Glukhov, extended a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9e21a39c-c1d7-b9b5-44a0-c5345a5029f6@postgrespro.ru
2017-01-25 13:28:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
3d9e73ea5f Update copyright years in some recently added files 2017-01-25 12:32:05 -05:00
Tom Lane
aebeb4790c Remove vestigial resolveUnknown arguments from transformSortClause etc.
There's really no situation where we don't want these unknown-to-text
conversions to happen.  The alternative is failure anyway, and the one
caller that was passing "false" did so only because it expected the
case could not arise.  Might as well simplify the code.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28uwwbL9HUM-WR=hromW1Cvamkn7O-g8fPY2m=_7muJ0oA@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-25 09:35:00 -05:00
Tom Lane
d8d32d9a56 Make UNKNOWN into an actual pseudo-type.
Previously, type "unknown" was labeled as a base type in pg_type, which
perhaps had some sense to it because you were allowed to create tables with
unknown-type columns.  But now that we don't allow that, it makes more
sense to label it a pseudo-type.  This has the additional effects of
forbidding use of "unknown" as a domain base type, cast source or target
type, PL function argument or result type, or plpgsql local variable type;
all of which seem like good holes to plug.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28uwwbL9HUM-WR=hromW1Cvamkn7O-g8fPY2m=_7muJ0oA@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-25 09:27:09 -05:00
Tom Lane
1e7c4bb004 Change unknown-type literals to type text in SELECT and RETURNING lists.
Previously, we left such literals alone if the query or subquery had
no properties forcing a type decision to be made (such as an ORDER BY or
DISTINCT clause using that output column).  This meant that "unknown" could
be an exposed output column type, which has never been a great idea because
it could result in strange failures later on.  For example, an outer query
that tried to do any operations on an unknown-type subquery output would
generally fail with some weird error like "failed to find conversion
function from unknown to text" or "could not determine which collation to
use for string comparison".  Also, if the case occurred in a CREATE VIEW's
query then the view would have an unknown-type column, causing similar
failures in queries trying to use the view.

To fix, at the tail end of parse analysis of a query, forcibly convert any
remaining "unknown" literals in its SELECT or RETURNING list to type text.
However, provide a switch to suppress that, and use it in the cases of
SELECT inside a set operation or INSERT command.  In those cases we already
had type resolution rules that make use of context information from outside
the subquery proper, and we don't want to change that behavior.

Also, change creation of an unknown-type column in a relation from a
warning to a hard error.  The error should be unreachable now in CREATE
VIEW or CREATE MATVIEW, but it's still possible to explicitly say "unknown"
in CREATE TABLE or CREATE (composite) TYPE.  We want to forbid that because
it's nothing but a foot-gun.

This change creates a pg_upgrade failure case: a matview that contains an
unknown-type column can't be pg_upgraded, because reparsing the matview's
defining query will now decide that the column is of type text, which
doesn't match the cstring-like storage that the old materialized column
would actually have.  Add a checking pass to detect that.  While at it,
we can detect tables or composite types that would fail, essentially
for free.  Those would fail safely anyway later on, but we might as
well fail earlier.

This patch is by me, but it owes something to previous investigations
by Rahila Syed.  Also thanks to Ashutosh Bapat and Michael Paquier for
review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28uwwbL9HUM-WR=hromW1Cvamkn7O-g8fPY2m=_7muJ0oA@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-25 09:17:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
d1ecd53947 Add a SHOW command to the replication command language.
This is useful infrastructure for an upcoming proposed patch to
allow the WAL segment size to be changed at initdb time; tools like
pg_basebackup need the ability to interrogate the server setting.
But it also doesn't seem like a bad thing to have independently of
that; it may find other uses in the future.

Robert Haas and Beena Emerson.  (The original patch here was by
Beena, but I rewrote it to such a degree that most of the code
being committed here is mine.)

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobNo4qz06wHEmy9DszAre3dYx-WNhHSCbU9SAwf+9Ft6g@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-24 17:04:12 -05:00
Robert Haas
a84069d935 Add a new DestReceiver for printing tuples without catalog access.
If you create a DestReciver of type DestRemote and try to use it from
a replication connection that is not bound to a specific daabase, or
any other hypothetical type of backend that is not bound to a specific
database, it will fail because it doesn't have a pg_proc catalog to
look up properties of the types being printed.  In general, that's
an unavoidable problem, but we can hardwire the properties of a few
builtin types in order to support utility commands.  This new
DestReceiver of type DestRemoteSimple does just that.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobNo4qz06wHEmy9DszAre3dYx-WNhHSCbU9SAwf+9Ft6g@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-24 16:53:56 -05:00
Robert Haas
7b4ac19982 Extend index AM API for parallel index scans.
This patch doesn't actually make any index AM parallel-aware, but it
provides the necessary functions at the AM layer to do so.

Rahila Syed, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas
2017-01-24 16:42:58 -05:00
Robert Haas
27cdb3414b Reindent table partitioning code.
We've accumulated quite a bit of stuff with which pgindent is not
quite happy in this code; clean it up to provide a less-annoying base
for future pgindent runs.
2017-01-24 10:20:02 -05:00
Robert Haas
96e0ccc2b5 Fix incorrect comment: pgtime's tm_mon is 1-based, not 0-based.
The comments in formatting.c already said that tm_mon was 1-based not
0-based, but the comments here disagreed.

Dmitry Fedin
2017-01-24 09:36:17 -05:00
Robert Haas
b1ecb9b3fc Fix interaction of partitioned tables with BulkInsertState.
When copying into a partitioned table, the target heap may change from
one tuple to next.  We must ask ReadBufferBI() to get a new buffer
every time such change occurs.  To do that, use new function
ReleaseBulkInsertStatePin().  This fixes the bug that tuples ended up
being inserted into the wrong partition, which occurred exactly
because the wrong buffer was used.

Amit Langote, per a suggestion from Robert Haas.  Some cosmetic
adjustments by me.

Reports by 高增琦 (Gao Zengqi), Venkata B Nagothi, and
Ragnar Ouchterlony.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFmBtr32FDOqofo8yG-4mjzL1HnYHxXK5S9OGFJ%3D%3DcJpgEW4vA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAEyp7J9WiX0L3DoiNcRrY-9iyw%3DqP%2Bj%3DDLsAnNFF1xT2J1ggfQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/16d73804-c9cd-14c5-463e-5caad563ff77%40agama.tv
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaiZpDVUUN8LZ4jv1qFE_QyR+H9ec+79f5vNczYarg5Zg@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-24 08:50:16 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
0bc1207aeb Fix default minimum value for descending sequences
For some reason that is lost in history, a descending sequence would
default its minimum value to -2^63+1 (-PG_INT64_MAX) instead of
-2^63 (PG_INT64_MIN), even though explicitly specifying a minimum value
of -2^63 would work.  Fix this inconsistency by using the full range by
default.

Reported-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2017-01-23 14:00:58 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
b480086760 Add more includes so header files are self-contained 2017-01-21 15:49:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f21a563d25 Move some things from builtins.h to new header files
This avoids that builtins.h has to include additional header files.
2017-01-20 20:29:53 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
e4c27f5bef Bump catversion 2017-01-20 09:07:13 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
665d1fad99 Logical replication
- Add PUBLICATION catalogs and DDL
- Add SUBSCRIPTION catalog and DDL
- Define logical replication protocol and output plugin
- Add logical replication workers

From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Singer <steve@ssinger.info>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@2ndquadrant.com>
2017-01-20 09:04:49 -05:00
Andres Freund
ea15e18677 Remove obsoleted code relating to targetlist SRF evaluation.
Since 69f4b9c plain expression evaluation (and thus normal projection)
can't return sets of tuples anymore. Thus remove code dealing with
that possibility.

This will require adjustments in external code using
ExecEvalExpr()/ExecProject() - that should neither be hard nor very
common.

Author: Andres Freund and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-01-19 14:40:41 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera
8eace46d34 Fix race condition in reading commit timestamps
If a user requests the commit timestamp for a transaction old enough
that its data is concurrently being truncated away by vacuum at just the
right time, they would receive an ugly internal file-not-found error
message from slru.c rather than the expected NULL return value.

In a primary server, the window for the race is very small: the lookup
has to occur exactly between the two calls by vacuum, and there's not a
lot that happens between them (mostly just a multixact truncate).  In a
standby server, however, the window is larger because the truncation is
executed as soon as the WAL record for it is replayed, but the advance
of the oldest-Xid is not executed until the next checkpoint record.

To fix in the primary, simply reverse the order of operations in
vac_truncate_clog.  To fix in the standby, augment the WAL truncation
record so that the standby is aware of the new oldest-XID value and can
apply the update immediately.  WAL version bumped because of this.

No backpatch, because of the low importance of the bug and its rarity.

Author: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Petr Jelínek, Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMsr+YFhVtRQT1VAwC+WGbbxZZRzNou=N9Ed-FrCqkwQ8H8oJQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-01-19 18:24:17 -03:00
Robert Haas
05bd889904 Fix RETURNING to work correctly with partition tuple routing.
In ExecInsert(), do not switch back to the root partitioned table
ResultRelInfo until after we finish ExecProcessReturning(), so that
RETURNING projection is done using the partition's descriptor.  For
the projection to work correctly, we must initialize the same for each
leaf partition during ModifyTableState initialization.

Amit Langote
2017-01-19 13:20:11 -05:00
Robert Haas
39162b2030 Fix failure to enforce partitioning contraint for internal partitions.
When a tuple is inherited into a partitioning root, no partition
constraints need to be enforced; when it is inserted into a leaf, the
parent's partitioning quals needed to be enforced.  The previous
coding got both of those cases right.  When a tuple is inserted into
an intermediate level of the partitioning hierarchy (i.e. a table
which is both a partition itself and in turn partitioned), it must
enforce the partitioning qual inherited from its parent.  That case
got overlooked; repair.

Amit Langote
2017-01-19 12:30:27 -05:00
Andres Freund
69f4b9c85f Move targetlist SRF handling from expression evaluation to new executor node.
Evaluation of set returning functions (SRFs_ in the targetlist (like SELECT
generate_series(1,5)) so far was done in the expression evaluation (i.e.
ExecEvalExpr()) and projection (i.e. ExecProject/ExecTargetList) code.

This meant that most executor nodes performing projection, and most
expression evaluation functions, had to deal with the possibility that an
evaluated expression could return a set of return values.

That's bad because it leads to repeated code in a lot of places. It also,
and that's my (Andres's) motivation, made it a lot harder to implement a
more efficient way of doing expression evaluation.

To fix this, introduce a new executor node (ProjectSet) that can evaluate
targetlists containing one or more SRFs. To avoid the complexity of the old
way of handling nested expressions returning sets (e.g. having to pass up
ExprDoneCond, and dealing with arguments to functions returning sets etc.),
those SRFs can only be at the top level of the node's targetlist.  The
planner makes sure (via split_pathtarget_at_srfs()) that SRF evaluation is
only necessary in ProjectSet nodes and that SRFs are only present at the
top level of the node's targetlist. If there are nested SRFs the planner
creates multiple stacked ProjectSet nodes.  The ProjectSet nodes always get
input from an underlying node.

We also discussed and prototyped evaluating targetlist SRFs using ROWS
FROM(), but that turned out to be more complicated than we'd hoped.

While moving SRF evaluation to ProjectSet would allow to retain the old
"least common multiple" behavior when multiple SRFs are present in one
targetlist (i.e.  continue returning rows until all SRFs are at the end of
their input at the same time), we decided to instead only return rows till
all SRFs are exhausted, returning NULL for already exhausted ones.  We
deemed the previous behavior to be too confusing, unexpected and actually
not particularly useful.

As a side effect, the previously prohibited case of multiple set returning
arguments to a function, is now allowed. Not because it's particularly
desirable, but because it ends up working and there seems to be no argument
for adding code to prohibit it.

Currently the behavior for COALESCE and CASE containing SRFs has changed,
returning multiple rows from the expression, even when the SRF containing
"arm" of the expression is not evaluated. That's because the SRFs are
evaluated in a separate ProjectSet node.  As that's quite confusing, we're
likely to instead prohibit SRFs in those places.  But that's still being
discussed, and the code would reside in places not touched here, so that's
a task for later.

There's a lot of, now superfluous, code dealing with set return expressions
around. But as the changes to get rid of those are verbose largely boring,
it seems better for readability to keep the cleanup as a separate commit.

Author: Tom Lane and Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-01-18 13:40:27 -08:00
Alvaro Herrera
594e61a1de Change some test macros to return true booleans
These macros work fine when they are used directly in an "if" test or
similar, but as soon as the return values are assigned to boolean
variables (or passed as boolean arguments to some function), they become
bugs, hopefully caught by compiler warnings.  To avoid future problems,
fix the definitions so that they return actual booleans.

To further minimize the risk that somebody uses them in back-patched
fixes that only work correctly in branches starting from the current
master and not in old ones, back-patch the change to supported branches
as appropriate.

See also commit af4472bcb8, and the long
discussion (and larger patch) in the thread mentioned in its commit
message.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18672.1483022414@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:06:13 -03:00
Magnus Hagander
d00ca333c3 Implement array version of jsonb_delete and operator
This makes it possible to delete multiple keys from a jsonb value by
passing in an array of text values, which makes the operaiton much
faster than individually deleting the keys (which would require copying
the jsonb structure over and over again.

Reviewed by Dmitry Dolgov and Michael Paquier
2017-01-18 21:37:59 +01:00
Tom Lane
215b43cdc8 Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels.
In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated
before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions
that could expose the contents of sensitive rows.  The original
implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a
secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view.
Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because
the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the
rest of the query.

To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead
mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its
priority for evaluation.  Quals must be evaluated in security_level order,
except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower
security_level, if it's helpful to do so.  This has to be enforced within
the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node,
and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation
(i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go
ahead of other quals at the scan node.

This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support
RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the
table scan level only.  Eventually these qual ordering rules should be
enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for
explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch.

Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for
example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do
not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise.
This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies.

Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 12:58:20 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
aa17c06fb5 Add function to import operating system collations
Move this logic out of initdb into a user-callable function.  This
simplifies the code and makes it possible to update the standard
collations later on if additional operating system collations appear.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler@timbira.com.br>
2017-01-18 09:35:56 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
063ef8308b Correct include file path
Mistake in 352a24a1f9, not clear why it
worked for some before.
2017-01-17 14:16:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
352a24a1f9 Generate fmgr prototypes automatically
Gen_fmgrtab.pl creates a new file fmgrprotos.h, which contains
prototypes for all functions registered in pg_proc.h.  This avoids
having to manually maintain these prototypes across a random variety of
header files.  It also automatically enforces a correct function
signature, and since there are warnings about missing prototypes, it
will detect functions that are defined but not registered in
pg_proc.h (or otherwise used).

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 14:06:07 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
323b96aa34 Register missing money operators in system catalogs
The operators money*int8, int8*money, and money/int8 were implemented in
code but not registered in pg_operator or pg_proc.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 12:36:02 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
6fc547960d Rename C symbols for backend lo_ functions
Rename the C symbols for lo_* to be_lo_*, so they don't conflict with
libpq prototypes.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 12:35:30 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
30b9a4495a Remove unnecessary include
Between 6eeb95f0f5 and
7b1c2a0f20, builtins.h contained
additional prototypes that have now been moved elsewhere, so we don't
need to include nodes/parsenodes.h anymore.

Fix some files that were relying on builtins.h implicitly pulling in
some unrelated stuff they needed.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2017-01-17 12:35:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
d43a619c60 Fix check_srf_call_placement() to handle VALUES cases correctly.
INSERT ... VALUES with a single VALUES row is implemented quite differently
from the general VALUES case.  A user-visible implication of that is that
we accept SRFs in the single-row case, but not in the multi-row case.
That's a historical artifact no doubt, but in view of the lack of field
complaints, I'm not excited about fixing it right now.

However, check_srf_call_placement() needs to know about this, first because
it should throw an error in the unsupported case, and second because it
should set p_hasTargetSRFs in the single-row case (because we treat that
like a SELECT tlist).  That's an oversight in commit a4c35ea1c.

To fix, split EXPR_KIND_VALUES into two values.  So far as I can see,
this is the only place where we need to distinguish the two cases at
present; but there might be more later.

Patch by me, per report from Andres Freund.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170116081548.zg63zltblwimpfgp@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-01-16 15:23:11 -05:00
Tom Lane
0777f7a2e8 Fix matching of boolean index columns to sort ordering.
Normally, if we have a WHERE clause like "indexcol = constant",
the planner will figure out that that index column can be ignored
when determining whether the index has a desired sort ordering.
But this failed to work for boolean index columns, because a
condition like "boolcol = true" is canonicalized to just "boolcol"
which does not give rise to an EquivalenceClass.  Add a check to
allow the same type of deduction to be made in this case too.

Per a complaint from Dima Pavlov.  Arguably this is a bug, but given the
limited impact and the small number of complaints so far, I won't risk
destabilizing plans in stable branches by back-patching.

Patch by me, reviewed by Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1788.1481605684@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-15 14:09:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
ab1f0c8225 Change representation of statement lists, and add statement location info.
This patch makes several changes that improve the consistency of
representation of lists of statements.  It's always been the case
that the output of parse analysis is a list of Query nodes, whatever
the types of the individual statements in the list.  This patch brings
similar consistency to the outputs of raw parsing and planning steps:

* The output of raw parsing is now always a list of RawStmt nodes;
the statement-type-dependent nodes are one level down from that.

* The output of pg_plan_queries() is now always a list of PlannedStmt
nodes, even for utility statements.  In the case of a utility statement,
"planning" just consists of wrapping a CMD_UTILITY PlannedStmt around
the utility node.  This list representation is now used in Portal and
CachedPlan plan lists, replacing the former convention of intermixing
PlannedStmts with bare utility-statement nodes.

Now, every list of statements has a consistent head-node type depending
on how far along it is in processing.  This allows changing many places
that formerly used generic "Node *" pointers to use a more specific
pointer type, thus reducing the number of IsA() tests and casts needed,
as well as improving code clarity.

Also, the post-parse-analysis representation of DECLARE CURSOR is changed
so that it looks more like EXPLAIN, PREPARE, etc.  That is, the contained
SELECT remains a child of the DeclareCursorStmt rather than getting flipped
around to be the other way.  It's now true for both Query and PlannedStmt
that utilityStmt is non-null if and only if commandType is CMD_UTILITY.
That allows simplifying a lot of places that were testing both fields.
(I think some of those were just defensive programming, but in many places,
it was actually necessary to avoid confusing DECLARE CURSOR with SELECT.)

Because PlannedStmt carries a canSetTag field, we're also able to get rid
of some ad-hoc rules about how to reconstruct canSetTag for a bare utility
statement; specifically, the assumption that a utility is canSetTag if and
only if it's the only one in its list.  While I see no near-term need for
relaxing that restriction, it's nice to get rid of the ad-hocery.

The API of ProcessUtility() is changed so that what it's passed is the
wrapper PlannedStmt not just the bare utility statement.  This will affect
all users of ProcessUtility_hook, but the changes are pretty trivial; see
the affected contrib modules for examples of the minimum change needed.
(Most compilers should give pointer-type-mismatch warnings for uncorrected
code.)

There's also a change in the API of ExplainOneQuery_hook, to pass through
cursorOptions instead of expecting hook functions to know what to pick.
This is needed because of the DECLARE CURSOR changes, but really should
have been done in 9.6; it's unlikely that any extant hook functions
know about using CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK.

Finally, teach gram.y to save statement boundary locations in RawStmt
nodes, and pass those through to Query and PlannedStmt nodes.  This allows
more intelligent handling of cases where a source query string contains
multiple statements.  This patch doesn't actually do anything with the
information, but a follow-on patch will.  (Passing this information through
cleanly is the true motivation for these changes; while I think this is all
good cleanup, it's unlikely we'd have bothered without this end goal.)

catversion bump because addition of location fields to struct Query
affects stored rules.

This patch is by me, but it owes a good deal to Fabien Coelho who did
a lot of preliminary work on the problem, and also reviewed the patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/alpine.DEB.2.20.1612200926310.29821@lancre
2017-01-14 16:02:35 -05:00
Robert Haas
0563a3a8b5 Fix a bug in how we generate partition constraints.
Move the code for doing parent attnos to child attnos mapping for Vars
in partition constraint expressions to a separate function
map_partition_varattnos() and call it from the appropriate places.
Doing it in get_qual_from_partbound(), as is now, would produce wrong
result in certain multi-level partitioning cases, because it only
considers the current pair of parent-child relations.  In certain
multi-level partitioning cases, attnums for the same key attribute(s)
might differ between various levels causing the same attribute to be
numbered differently in different instances of the Var corresponding
to a given attribute.

With this commit, in generate_partition_qual(), we first generate the
the whole partition constraint (considering all levels of partitioning)
and then do the mapping, so that Vars in the final expression are
numbered according the leaf relation (to which it is supposed to apply).

Amit Langote, reviewed by me.
2017-01-13 14:04:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
e2117e4ab0 Fix field order in struct catcache.
Somebody failed to grasp the point of having the #ifdef CATCACHE_STATS
fields at the end of the struct.  Put that back the way it should be,
and add a comment making it more explicit why it should be that way.
2017-01-12 18:59:57 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
3957b58b88 Fix ALTER TABLE / SET TYPE for irregular inheritance
If inherited tables don't have exactly the same schema, the USING clause
in an ALTER TABLE / SET DATA TYPE misbehaves when applied to the
children tables since commit 9550e8348b.  Starting with that commit,
the attribute numbers in the USING expression are fixed during parse
analysis.  This can lead to bogus errors being reported during
execution, such as:
   ERROR:  attribute 2 has wrong type
   DETAIL:  Table has type smallint, but query expects integer.

Since it wouldn't do to revert to the original coding, we now apply a
transformation to map the attribute numbers to the correct ones for each
child.

Reported by Justin Pryzby
Analysis by Tom Lane; patch by me.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170102225618.GA10071@telsasoft.com
2017-01-09 19:26:58 -03:00
Tom Lane
7c3abe3c92 Get rid of ParseState.p_value_substitute; use a columnref hook instead.
I noticed that p_value_substitute, which is a single-purpose kluge I added
in 2002 (commit b0422b215), could be replaced by having domainAddConstraint
install a parser hook that looks for the name "value".  The parser hook
code only dates back to 2009, so it's not surprising that we had to kluge
this in 2002, but we can do it more cleanly now.
2017-01-07 16:02:16 -05:00
Tom Lane
3c40594e6e Improve documentation of struct ParseState.
I got annoyed about how some fields of ParseState were documented in the
struct's block comment and some weren't; not all of the latter are trivial.
Fix that.  Also reorder a couple of fields that seem to have been placed
rather randomly, or maybe with an idea of avoiding padding space; but there
are never so many ParseStates in existence at one time that we ought to
value pad space over readability.
2017-01-07 15:34:28 -05:00
Robert Haas
175ff6598e Fix possible crash reading pg_stat_activity.
With the old code, a backend that read pg_stat_activity without ever
having executed a parallel query might see a backend in the midst of
executing one waiting on a DSA LWLock, resulting in a crash.  The
solution is for backends to register the tranche at startup time, not
the first time a parallel query is executed.

Report by Andreas Seltenreich.  Patch by me, reviewed by Thomas Munro.
2017-01-05 12:27:09 -05:00
Robert Haas
18fc5192a6 Remove unnecessary arguments from partitioning functions.
RelationGetPartitionQual() and generate_partition_qual() are always
called with recurse = true, so we don't need an argument for that.

Extracted by me from a larger patch by Amit Langote.
2017-01-04 14:56:37 -05:00
Robert Haas
f1b4c771ea Fix reporting of constraint violations for table partitioning.
After a tuple is routed to a partition, it has been converted from the
root table's row type to the partition's row type.  ExecConstraints
needs to report the failure using the original tuple and the parent's
tuple descriptor rather than the ones for the selected partition.

Amit Langote
2017-01-04 14:36:34 -05:00
Tom Lane
698127a4a9 Prefer int-wide pg_atomic_flag over char-wide when using gcc intrinsics.
configure can only probe the existence of gcc intrinsics, not how well
they're implemented, and unfortunately the answer is sometimes "badly".
In particular we've found that multiple compilers fail to implement
char-width __sync_lock_test_and_set() correctly on PPC; and even a correct
implementation would necessarily be pretty inefficient, since that hardware
has only a word-wide primitive to work with.

Given the knowledge we've accumulated in s_lock.h, it appears that it's
best to rely on int-width TAS operations on most non-Intel architectures.
Hence, pick int not char when both are nominally available to us in
generic-gcc.h (note that that code is not used for x86[_64]).

Back-patch to fix regression test failures on FreeBSD/PPC.  Ordinarily
back-patching a change like this would be verboten because of ABI breakage.
But since pg_atomic_flag is not yet used in any Postgres data structure,
there's no ABI to break.  It seems safer to back-patch to avoid possible
gotchas, if someday we do back-patch something that uses pg_atomic_flag.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/25414.1483076673@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-04 13:36:55 -05:00
Robert Haas
345b2dcf07 Move partition_tuple_slot out of EState.
Commit 2ac3ef7a01 added a TupleTapleSlot
for partition tuple slot to EState (es_partition_tuple_slot) but it's
more logical to have it as part of ModifyTableState
(mt_partition_tuple_slot) and CopyState (partition_tuple_slot).

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/1bd459d9-4c0c-197a-346e-e5e59e217d97@lab.ntt.co.jp

Amit Langote, per a gripe from me
2017-01-04 13:16:59 -05:00
Tom Lane
6667d9a6d7 Re-allow SSL passphrase prompt at server start, but not thereafter.
Leave OpenSSL's default passphrase collection callback in place during
the first call of secure_initialize() in server startup.  Although that
doesn't work terribly well in daemon contexts, some people feel we should
not break it for anyone who was successfully using it before.  We still
block passphrase demands during SIGHUP, meaning that you can't adjust SSL
configuration on-the-fly if you used a passphrase, but this is no worse
than what it was before commit de41869b6.  And we block passphrase demands
during EXEC_BACKEND reloads; that behavior wasn't useful either, but at
least now it's documented.

Tweak some related log messages for more readability, and avoid issuing
essentially duplicate messages about reload failure caused by a passphrase.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29982.1483412575@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-04 12:44:03 -05:00
Robert Haas
0fad355bec Update obsolete comments in lwlock.h.
The typical size of an LWLock is now 16 bytes even on 64-bit platforms,
and the size of slock_t is now irrelevant.  But pg_atomic_uint32 can
(perhaps surprisingly) still be larger than 4 bytes, so there's still
some marginal point to allowing LWLOCK_MINIMAL_SIZE == 64.

Commit 008608b9d5 made the changes
that led to the need for these updates.
2017-01-04 12:03:40 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
1d25779284 Update copyright via script for 2017 2017-01-03 13:48:53 -05:00
Tom Lane
de41869b64 Allow SSL configuration to be updated at SIGHUP.
It is no longer necessary to restart the server to enable, disable,
or reconfigure SSL.  Instead, we just create a new SSL_CTX struct
(by re-reading all relevant files) whenever we get SIGHUP.  Testing
shows that this is fast enough that it shouldn't be a problem.

In conjunction with that, downgrade the logic that complains about
pg_hba.conf "hostssl" lines when SSL isn't active: now that's just
a warning condition not an error.

An issue that still needs to be addressed is what shall we do with
passphrase-protected server keys?  As this stands, the server would
demand the passphrase again on every SIGHUP, which is certainly
impractical.  But the case was only barely supported before, so that
does not seem a sufficient reason to hold up committing this patch.

Andreas Karlsson, reviewed by Michael Banck and Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/556A6E8A.9030400@proxel.se
2017-01-02 21:37:12 -05:00
Tom Lane
1d63f7d2d1 Use clock_gettime(), if available, in instr_time measurements.
The advantage of clock_gettime() is that the API allows the result to
be precise to nanoseconds, not just microseconds as in gettimeofday().
Now that it's routinely possible to do tens of plan node executions
in 1us, we really need more precision than gettimeofday() can offer
for EXPLAIN ANALYZE to accumulate statistics with.

Some research shows that clock_gettime() is available on pretty nearly
every modern Unix-ish platform, and as far as I have been able to test,
it has about the same execution time as gettimeofday(), so there's no
loss in switching over.  (By the same token, this doesn't do anything
to fix the fact that we really wish clock readings were faster.  But
there's enough win here to justify changing anyway.)

A small side benefit is that on most platforms, we can use CLOCK_MONOTONIC
instead of CLOCK_REALTIME and thereby render EXPLAIN impervious to
concurrent resets of the system clock.  (This means that code must not
assume that the contents of struct instr_time have any well-defined
interpretation as timestamps, but really that was true before.)

Some platforms offer nonstandard clock IDs that might be of interest.
This patch knows we should use CLOCK_MONOTONIC_RAW on macOS, because it
provides more precision and is faster to read than their CLOCK_MONOTONIC.
If there turn out to be many more cases where we need special rules, it
might be appropriate to handle the selection of clock ID in configure,
but for the moment that doesn't seem worth the trouble.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/31856.1400021891@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-02 13:41:51 -05:00
Tom Lane
80a7298b9e Remove manual breaks in NodeTag assignments to fix duplicate tag numbers.
Commit f0e44751d added new node tags at a place in the tag numbering
where there was no daylight left before the next hard-coded number,
resulting in some duplicate tag assignments.  This doesn't seem to have
caused any big problem so far, but it's surely trouble waiting to happen.

We could adjust the manually assigned breakpoints to make more room,
but that just leaves the same hazard waiting to strike again in future.
What seems like a better idea is to get rid of the manual assignments
and leave NodeTags to be automatically assigned, consecutively from one
on up.  This means that any change in the tag list forces a backend-wide
recompile, but realistically that's usually needed anyway.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/29670.1482942811@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-29 16:57:41 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
27866bd1e8 Expand ad-hoc unit abbreviations in function descriptions
There is no need to use abbreviations here, so just write it out for
consistency.
2016-12-29 11:15:01 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
2e254130d1 Make more use of RoleSpec struct
Most code was casting this through a generic Node.  By declaring
everything as RoleSpec appropriately, we can remove a bunch of casts and
ad-hoc node type checking.

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-29 10:49:39 -05:00
Tom Lane
fe591f8bf6 Replace enum InhOption with simple boolean.
Now that it has only INH_NO and INH_YES values, it's just weird that
it's not a plain bool, so make it that way.

Also rename RangeVar.inhOpt to "inh", to be like RangeTblEntry.inh.
My recollection is that we gave it a different name specifically because
it had a different representation than the derived bool value, but it
no longer does.  And this is a good forcing function to be sure we
catch any places that are affected by the change.

Bump catversion because of possible effect on stored RangeVar nodes.
I'm not exactly convinced that we ever store RangeVar on disk, but
we have a readfuncs function for it, so be cautious.  (If we do do so,
then commit e13486eba was in error not to bump catversion.)

Follow-on to commit e13486eba.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYe+EG7LdYX6pkcNxr4ygkP4+A=jm9o-CPXyOvRiCNwaQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-23 13:35:18 -05:00
Robert Haas
e13486eba0 Remove sql_inheritance GUC.
This backward-compatibility GUC is long overdue for removal.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYe+EG7LdYX6pkcNxr4ygkP4+A=jm9o-CPXyOvRiCNwaQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-23 07:35:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
7819ba1ef6 Remove _hash_chgbufaccess().
This is basically for the same reasons I got rid of _hash_wrtbuf()
in commit 25216c9893: it's not
convenient to have a function which encapsulates MarkBufferDirty(),
especially as we move towards having hash indexes be WAL-logged.

Patch by me, reviewed (but not entirely endorsed) by Amit Kapila.
2016-12-23 07:14:37 -05:00
Robert Haas
2ac3ef7a01 Fix tuple routing in cases where tuple descriptors don't match.
The previous coding failed to work correctly when we have a
multi-level partitioned hierarchy where tables at successive levels
have different attribute numbers for the partition key attributes.  To
fix, have each PartitionDispatch object store a standalone
TupleTableSlot initialized with the TupleDesc of the corresponding
partitioned table, along with a TupleConversionMap to map tuples from
the its parent's rowtype to own rowtype.  After tuple routing chooses
a leaf partition, we must use the leaf partition's tuple descriptor,
not the root table's.  To that end, a dedicated TupleTableSlot for
tuple routing is now allocated in EState.

Amit Langote
2016-12-22 17:36:37 -05:00
Tom Lane
cd1b215692 Fix handling of expanded objects in CoerceToDomain and CASE execution.
When the input value to a CoerceToDomain expression node is a read-write
expanded datum, we should pass a read-only pointer to any domain CHECK
expressions and then return the original read-write pointer as the
expression result.  Previously we were blindly passing the same pointer to
all the consumers of the value, making it possible for a function in CHECK
to modify or even delete the expanded value.  (Since a plpgsql function
will absorb a passed-in read-write expanded array as a local variable
value, it will in fact delete the value on exit.)

A similar hazard of passing the same read-write pointer to multiple
consumers exists in domain_check() and in ExecEvalCase, so fix those too.

The fix requires adding MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly calls at the appropriate
places, which is simple enough except that we need to get the data type's
typlen from somewhere.  For the domain cases, solve this by redefining
DomainConstraintRef.tcache as okay for callers to access; there wasn't any
reason for the original convention against that, other than not wanting the
API of typcache.c to be any wider than it had to be.  For CASE, there's
no good solution except to add a syscache lookup during executor start.

Per bug #14472 from Marcos Castedo.  Back-patch to 9.5 where expanded
values were introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15225.1482431619@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-22 15:01:37 -05:00
Andres Freund
6ef2eba3f5 Skip checkpoints, archiving on idle systems.
Some background activity (like checkpoints, archive timeout, standby
snapshots) is not supposed to happen on an idle system. Unfortunately
so far it was not easy to determine when a system is idle, which
defeated some of the attempts to avoid redundant activity on an idle
system.

To make that easier, allow to make individual WAL insertions as not
being "important". By checking whether any important activity happened
since the last time an activity was performed, it now is easy to check
whether some action needs to be repeated.

Use the new facility for checkpoints, archive timeout and standby
snapshots.

The lack of a facility causes some issues in older releases, but in my
opinion the consequences (superflous checkpoints / archived segments)
aren't grave enough to warrant backpatching.

Author: Michael Paquier, editorialized by Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, David Steele, Amit Kapila, Kyotaro HORIGUCHI
Bug: #13685
Discussion:
    https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20151016203031.3019.72930@wrigleys.postgresql.org
    https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqQcPqxEM3S735Bd2RzApNqSNJVietAC=6kfkYv_45dKwA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: -
2016-12-22 11:31:50 -08:00
Heikki Linnakangas
01ec25631f Simplify tape block format.
No more indirect blocks. The blocks form a linked list instead.

This saves some memory, because we don't need to have a buffer in memory to
hold the indirect block (or blocks). To reflect that, TAPE_BUFFER_OVERHEAD
is reduced from 3 to 1 buffer, which allows using more memory for building
the initial runs.

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan and Robert Haas.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/34678beb-938e-646e-db9f-a7def5c44ada%40iki.fi
2016-12-22 18:45:00 +02:00
Tom Lane
89fcea1ace Fix strange behavior (and possible crashes) in full text phrase search.
In an attempt to simplify the tsquery matching engine, the original
phrase search patch invented rewrite rules that would rearrange a
tsquery so that no AND/OR/NOT operator appeared below a PHRASE operator.
But this approach had numerous problems.  The rearrangement step was
missed by ts_rewrite (and perhaps other places), allowing tsqueries
to be created that would cause Assert failures or perhaps crashes at
execution, as reported by Andreas Seltenreich.  The rewrite rules
effectively defined semantics for operators underneath PHRASE that were
buggy, or at least unintuitive.  And because rewriting was done in
tsqueryin() rather than at execution, the rearrangement was user-visible,
which is not very desirable --- for example, it might cause unexpected
matches or failures to match in ts_rewrite.

As a somewhat independent problem, the behavior of nested PHRASE operators
was only sane for left-deep trees; queries like "x <-> (y <-> z)" did not
behave intuitively at all.

To fix, get rid of the rewrite logic altogether, and instead teach the
tsquery execution engine to manage AND/OR/NOT below a PHRASE operator
by explicitly computing the match location(s) and match widths for these
operators.

This requires introducing some additional fields into the publicly visible
ExecPhraseData struct; but since there's no way for third-party code to
pass such a struct to TS_phrase_execute, it shouldn't create an ABI problem
as long as we don't move the offsets of the existing fields.

Another related problem was that index searches supposed that "!x <-> y"
could be lossily approximated as "!x & y", which isn't correct because
the latter will reject, say, "x q y" which the query itself accepts.
This required some tweaking in TS_execute_ternary along with the main
tsquery engine.

Back-patch to 9.6 where phrase operators were introduced.  While this
could be argued to change behavior more than we'd like in a stable branch,
we have to do something about the crash hazards and index-vs-seqscan
inconsistency, and it doesn't seem desirable to let the unintuitive
behaviors induced by the rewriting implementation stand as precedent.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/28215.1481999808@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/26706.1482087250@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-21 15:18:39 -05:00
Robert Haas
1fc5c49450 Refactor partition tuple routing code to reduce duplication.
Amit Langote
2016-12-21 11:36:10 -05:00
Robert Haas
3b790d256f Fix corner-case bug in WaitEventSetWaitBlock on Windows.
If we do not reset the FD_READ event, WaitForMultipleObjects won't
return it again again unless we've meanwhile read from the socket,
which is generally true but not guaranteed.  WaitEventSetWaitBlock
itself may fail to return the event to the caller if the latch is
also set, and even if we changed that, the caller isn't obliged to
handle all returned events at once.  On non-Windows systems, the
socket-read event is purely level-triggered, so this issue does
not exist.  To fix, make Windows reset the event when needed.

This bug was introduced by 98a64d0bd7,
and causes hangs when trying to use the pldebugger extension.

Patch by Amit Kapial.  Reported and tested by Ashutosh Sharma, who
also provided some analysis.  Further analysis by Michael Paquier.
2016-12-21 11:01:48 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
f3b421da5f Reorder pg_sequence columns to avoid alignment issue
On AIX, doubles are aligned at 4 bytes, but int64 is aligned at 8 bytes.
Our code assumes that doubles have alignment that can also be applied to
int64, but that fails in this case.  One effect is that
heap_form_tuple() writes tuples in a different layout than
Form_pg_sequence expects.

Rather than rewrite the whole alignment code, work around the issue by
reordering the columns in pg_sequence so that the first int64 column
naturally comes out at an 8-byte boundary.
2016-12-21 09:06:49 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
1753b1b027 Add pg_sequence system catalog
Move sequence metadata (start, increment, etc.) into a proper system
catalog instead of storing it in the sequence heap object.  This
separates the metadata from the sequence data.  Sequence metadata is now
operated on transactionally by DDL commands, whereas previously
rollbacks of sequence-related DDL commands would be ignored.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-12-20 08:28:18 -05:00
Robert Haas
7cd0fd655d Invalid parent's relcache after CREATE TABLE .. PARTITION OF.
Otherwise, subsequent commands in the same transaction see the wrong
partition descriptor.

Amit Langote.  Reported by Tomas Vondra and David Fetter.  Reviewed
by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/22dd313b-d7fd-22b5-0787-654845c8f849%402ndquadrant.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20161215090916.GB20659%40fetter.org
2016-12-19 22:53:30 -05:00
Robert Haas
e13029a5ce Provide a DSA area for all parallel queries.
This will allow future parallel query code to dynamically allocate
storage shared by all participants.

Thomas Munro, with assorted changes by me.
2016-12-19 17:11:46 -05:00
Robert Haas
dd728826c5 Fix locking problem in _hash_squeezebucket() / _hash_freeovflpage().
A bucket squeeze operation needs to lock each page of the bucket
before releasing the prior page, but the previous coding fumbled the
locking when freeing an overflow page during a bucket squeeze
operation.  Commit 6d46f4783e
introduced this bug.

Amit Kapila, with help from Kuntal Ghosh and Dilip Kumar, after
an initial trouble report by Jeff Janes.  Reviewed by me.  I also
fixed a problem with a comment.
2016-12-19 12:31:50 -05:00
Robert Haas
668dbbec27 Remove unused file.
This was added in 1054097464, but has
never been used for anything as far as I can tell.  There seems to
be no reason to keep it.
2016-12-19 11:29:31 -05:00
Fujii Masao
3901fd70cc Support quorum-based synchronous replication.
This feature is also known as "quorum commit" especially in discussion
on pgsql-hackers.

This commit adds the following new syntaxes into synchronous_standby_names
GUC. By using FIRST and ANY keywords, users can specify the method to
choose synchronous standbys from the listed servers.

  FIRST num_sync (standby_name [, ...])
  ANY num_sync (standby_name [, ...])

The keyword FIRST specifies a priority-based synchronous replication
which was available also in 9.6 or before. This method makes transaction
commits wait until their WAL records are replicated to num_sync
synchronous standbys chosen based on their priorities.

The keyword ANY specifies a quorum-based synchronous replication
and makes transaction commits wait until their WAL records are
replicated to *at least* num_sync listed standbys. In this method,
the values of sync_state.pg_stat_replication for the listed standbys
are reported as "quorum". The priority is still assigned to each standby,
but not used in this method.

The existing syntaxes having neither FIRST nor ANY keyword are still
supported. They are the same as new syntax with FIRST keyword, i.e.,
a priorirty-based synchronous replication.

Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-By: Michael Paquier, Amit Kapila and me
Discussion: <CAD21AoAACi9NeC_ecm+Vahm+MMA6nYh=Kqs3KB3np+MBOS_gZg@mail.gmail.com>

Many thanks to the various individuals who were involved in
discussing and developing this feature.
2016-12-19 21:15:30 +09:00
Tom Lane
23c75b55aa Improve documentation around TS_execute().
I got frustrated by the lack of commentary in this area, so here is some
reverse-engineered documentation, along with minor stylistic cleanup.
No code changes more significant than removal of unused variables.

Back-patch to 9.6, not because that's useful in itself, but because
we have some bugs to fix in phrase search and this would cause merge
failures if it's only in HEAD.
2016-12-16 11:50:32 -05:00
Robert Haas
3761fe3c20 Simplify LWLock tranche machinery by removing array_base/array_stride.
array_base and array_stride were added so that we could identify the
offset of an LWLock within a tranche, but this facility is only very
marginally used apart from the main tranche.  So, give every lock in
the main tranche its own tranche ID and get rid of array_base,
array_stride, and all that's attached.  For debugging facilities
(Trace_lwlocks and LWLOCK_STATS) print the pointer address of the
LWLock using %p instead of the offset.  This is arguably more useful,
and certainly a lot cheaper.  Drop the offset-within-tranche from
the information reported to dtrace and from one can't-happen message
inside lwlock.c.

The main user-visible impact of this change is that pg_stat_activity
will now report all waits for LWLocks as "LWLock" rather than
reporting some as "LWLockTranche" and others as "LWLockNamed".

The main motivation for this change is that the need to specify an
array_base and an array_stride is awkward for parallel query.  There
is only a very limited supply of tranche IDs so we can't just keep
allocating new ones, and if we try to use the same tranche IDs every
time then we run into trouble when multiple parallel contexts are
use simultaneously.  So if we didn't get rid of this mechanism we'd
have to make it even more complicated.  By simplifying it in this
way, we instead reduce the size of the generated code for lwlock.c
by about 5%.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYsFn6NUW1x0AZtupJGUAs1UDY4dJtCN47_Q6D0sP80PA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-16 11:29:23 -05:00
Robert Haas
b81b5a96f4 Unbreak Finalize HashAggregate over Partial HashAggregate.
Commit 5dfc198146 introduced the use
of a new type of hash table with linear reprobing for hash aggregates.
Such a hash table behaves very poorly if keys are inserted in hash
order, which does in fact happen in the case where a query use a
Finalize HashAggregate node fed (via Gather) by a Partial
HashAggregate node.  In fact, queries with this type of plan tend
to run effectively forever.

Fix that by seeding the hash value differently in each worker
(and in the leader, if it participates).

Andres Freund and Robert Haas
2016-12-16 10:03:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
25216c9893 Remove _hash_wrtbuf() in favor of calling MarkBufferDirty().
The whole concept of _hash_wrtbuf() is that we need to know at the
time we're releasing the buffer lock (and pin) whether we dirtied the
buffer, but this is easy to get wrong.  This patch actually fixes one
non-obvious bug of that form: hashbucketcleanup forgot to signal
_hash_squeezebucket, which gets the primary bucket page already
locked, as to whether it had already dirtied the page.  Calling
MarkBufferDirty() at the places where we dirty the buffer is more
intuitive and lets us simplify the code in various places as well.

On top of all that, the ultimate goal here is to make hash indexes
WAL-logged, and as the comments to _hash_wrtbuf() note, it should
go away when that happens.  Making it go away a little earlier than
that seems like a good preparatory step.

Report by Jeff Janes.  Diagnosis by Amit Kapila, Kuntal Ghosh,
and Dilip Kumar.  Patch by me, after studying an alternative patch
submitted by Amit Kapila.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1Kf6tOY0oVz_SEdngiNFkeXrA3xUSDPPORQvsWVPdKqnA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-16 09:37:28 -05:00
Robert Haas
4b9a98e154 Clean up code, comments, and formatting for table partitioning.
Amit Langote, plus pgindent-ing by me.  Inspired in part by review
comments from Tomas Vondra.
2016-12-13 10:59:14 -05:00
Robert Haas
3856cf9607 Remove should_free arguments to tuplesort routines.
Since commit e94568ecc1, the answer is
always "false", and we do not need to complicate the API by arranging
to return a constant value.

Peter Geoghegan

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAM3SWZQWZZ_N=DmmL7tKy_OUjGH_5mN=N=A6h7kHyyDvEhg2DA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-12 15:57:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
9b3d02c2a9 Catversion bump for temporary replication slots.
Missed in commit a924c327e2.
Per Fujii Masao.
2016-12-12 14:41:49 -05:00
Tom Lane
be7b2848c6 Make the different Unix-y semaphore implementations ABI-compatible.
Previously, the "sem" field of PGPROC varied in size depending on which
kernel semaphore API we were using.  That was okay as long as there was
only one likely choice per platform, but in the wake of commit ecb0d20a9,
that assumption seems rather shaky.  It doesn't seem out of the question
anymore that an extension compiled against one API choice might be loaded
into a postmaster built with another choice.  Moreover, this prevents any
possibility of selecting the semaphore API at postmaster startup, which
might be something we want to do in future.

Hence, change PGPROC.sem to be PGSemaphore (i.e. a pointer) for all Unix
semaphore APIs, and turn the pointed-to data into an opaque struct whose
contents are only known within the responsible modules.

For the SysV and unnamed-POSIX APIs, the pointed-to data has to be
allocated elsewhere in shared memory, which takes a little bit of
rejiggering of the InitShmemAllocation code sequence.  (I invented a
ShmemAllocUnlocked() function to make that a little cleaner than it used
to be.  That function is not meant for any uses other than the ones it
has now, but it beats having InitShmemAllocation() know explicitly about
allocation of space for semaphores and spinlocks.)  This change means an
extra indirection to access the semaphore data, but since we only touch
that when blocking or awakening a process, there shouldn't be any
meaningful performance penalty.  Moreover, at least for the unnamed-POSIX
case on Linux, the sem_t type is quite a bit wider than a pointer, so this
reduces sizeof(PGPROC) which seems like a good thing.

For the named-POSIX API, there's effectively no change: the PGPROC.sem
field was and still is a pointer to something returned by sem_open() in
the postmaster's memory space.  Document and check the pre-existing
limitation that this case can't work in EXEC_BACKEND mode.

It did not seem worth unifying the Windows semaphore ABI with the Unix
cases, since there's no likelihood of needing ABI compatibility much less
runtime switching across those cases.  However, we can simplify the Windows
code a bit if we define PGSemaphore as being directly a HANDLE, rather than
pointer to HANDLE, so let's do that while we're here.  (This also ends up
being no change in what's physically stored in PGPROC.sem.  We're just
moving the HANDLE fetch from callees to callers.)

It would take a bunch of additional code shuffling to get to the point of
actually choosing a semaphore API at postmaster start, but the effects
of that would now be localized in the port/XXX_sema.c files, so it seems
like fit material for a separate patch.  The need for it is unproven as
yet, anyhow, whereas the ABI risk to extensions seems real enough.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4029.1481413370@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-12 13:32:10 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
a924c327e2 Add support for temporary replication slots
This allows creating temporary replication slots that are removed
automatically at the end of the session or on error.

From: Petr Jelinek <petr.jelinek@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-12 08:38:17 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e7f051b8f9 Refactor the code for verifying user's password.
Split md5_crypt_verify() into three functions:
* get_role_password() to fetch user's password from pg_authid, and check
  its expiration.
* md5_crypt_verify() to check an MD5 authentication challenge
* plain_crypt_verify() to check a plaintext password.

get_role_password() will be needed as a separate function by the upcoming
SCRAM authentication patch set. Most of the remaining functionality in
md5_crypt_verify() was different for MD5 and plaintext authentication, so
split that for readability.

While we're at it, simplify the *_crypt_verify functions by using
stack-allocated buffers to hold the temporary MD5 hashes, instead of
pallocing.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3029e460-d47c-710e-507e-d8ba759d7cbb@iki.fi
2016-12-12 12:48:13 +02:00
Tom Lane
0b78106cd4 Fix reporting of column typmods for multi-row VALUES constructs.
expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() reported the exprType() and
exprTypmod() values of the expressions in the first row of the VALUES as
being the column type/typmod returned by the VALUES RTE.  That's fine for
the data type, since we coerce all expressions in a column to have the same
common type.  But we don't coerce them to have a common typmod, so it was
possible for rows after the first one to return values that violate the
claimed column typmod.  This leads to the incorrect result seen in bug
#14448 from Hassan Mahmood, as well as some other corner-case misbehaviors.

The desired behavior is the same as we use in other type-unification
cases: report the common typmod if there is one, but otherwise return -1
indicating no particular constraint.  It's cheap for transformValuesClause
to determine the common typmod while transforming a multi-row VALUES, but
it'd be less cheap for expandRTE() and get_rte_attribute_type() to
re-determine that info every time they're asked --- possibly a lot less
cheap, if the VALUES has many rows.  Therefore, the best fix is to record
the common typmods explicitly in a list in the VALUES RTE, as we were
already doing for column collations.  This looks quite a bit like what
we're doing for CTE RTEs, so we can save a little bit of space and code by
unifying the representation for those two RTE types.  They both now share
coltypes/coltypmods/colcollations fields.  (At some point it might seem
desirable to populate those fields for all RTE types; but right now it
looks like constructing them for other RTE types would add more code and
cycles than it would save.)

The RTE change requires a catversion bump, so this fix is only usable
in HEAD.  If we fix this at all in the back branches, the patch will
need to look quite different.

Report: https://postgr.es/m/20161205143037.4377.60754@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27429.1480968538@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-12-08 11:40:02 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fe7bdf0bf6 Clean up password authentication code a bit.
Commit fe0a0b59, which moved code to do MD5 authentication to a separate
CheckMD5Auth() function, left behind a comment that really belongs inside
the function, too. Also move the check for db_user_namespace inside the
function, seems clearer that way.

Now that the md5 salt is passed as argument to md5_crypt_verify, it's a bit
silly that it peeks into the Port struct to see if MD5 authentication was
used. Seems more straightforward to treat it as an MD5 authentication, if
the md5 salt argument is given. And after that, md5_crypt_verify only used
the Port argument to look at port->user_name, but that is redundant,
because it is also passed as a separate 'role' argument. So remove the Port
argument altogether.
2016-12-08 13:44:47 +02:00
Robert Haas
f0e44751d7 Implement table partitioning.
Table partitioning is like table inheritance and reuses much of the
existing infrastructure, but there are some important differences.
The parent is called a partitioned table and is always empty; it may
not have indexes or non-inherited constraints, since those make no
sense for a relation with no data of its own.  The children are called
partitions and contain all of the actual data.  Each partition has an
implicit partitioning constraint.  Multiple inheritance is not
allowed, and partitioning and inheritance can't be mixed.  Partitions
can't have extra columns and may not allow nulls unless the parent
does.  Tuples inserted into the parent are automatically routed to the
correct partition, so tuple-routing ON INSERT triggers are not needed.
Tuple routing isn't yet supported for partitions which are foreign
tables, and it doesn't handle updates that cross partition boundaries.

Currently, tables can be range-partitioned or list-partitioned.  List
partitioning is limited to a single column, but range partitioning can
involve multiple columns.  A partitioning "column" can be an
expression.

Because table partitioning is less general than table inheritance, it
is hoped that it will be easier to reason about properties of
partitions, and therefore that this will serve as a better foundation
for a variety of possible optimizations, including query planner
optimizations.  The tuple routing based which this patch does based on
the implicit partitioning constraints is an example of this, but it
seems likely that many other useful optimizations are also possible.

Amit Langote, reviewed and tested by Robert Haas, Ashutosh Bapat,
Amit Kapila, Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Corey Huinker, Jaime Casanova,
Rushabh Lathia, Erik Rijkers, among others.  Minor revisions by me.
2016-12-07 13:17:55 -05:00
Stephen Frost
cb9dcbc1ee Bump catversion for restrictive RLS changes
Mea culpa.

Pointed out by Andres.
2016-12-06 10:12:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
3ebf2b4545 Remove extraneous semicolon from uses of relptr_declare().
If we're going to write a semicolon after calls of relptr_declare(),
then we don't need one inside the macro, and removing it suppresses
"empty declaration" warnings from pickier compilers (eg pademelon).

While at it, we might as well use relptr() inside relptr_declare(),
because otherwise that macro would likely go unused altogether.

Also improve the comment, which I for one found unclear,
and provide a specific example of intended usage.
2016-12-05 20:27:55 -05:00
Stephen Frost
093129c9d9 Add support for restrictive RLS policies
We have had support for restrictive RLS policies since 9.5, but they
were only available through extensions which use the appropriate hooks.
This adds support into the grammer, catalog, psql and pg_dump for
restrictive RLS policies, thus reducing the cases where an extension is
necessary.

In passing, also move away from using "AND"d and "OR"d in comments.
As pointed out by Alvaro, it's not really appropriate to attempt
to make verbs out of "AND" and "OR", so reword those comments which
attempted to.

Reviewed By: Jeevan Chalke, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160901063404.GY4028@tamriel.snowman.net
2016-12-05 15:50:55 -05:00
Robert Haas
88f626f868 Fix more DSA problems uncovered by the buildfarm.
On 32-bit systems, don't try to use 64-bit DSA pointers, because the
computation of DSA_MAX_SEGMENT_SIZE overflows Size.

Cast 1 to Size before shifting it, so that the compiler doesn't
produce a result of the wrong width.

In passing, change one use of size_t to Size.
2016-12-05 10:38:08 -05:00
Robert Haas
670b3bc8f5 Try to fix some DSA-related compiler warnings.
Commit 13df76a537 was overconfident
about how portable %016lx is.  Some compilers complain because they
need %016llx, while platforms where DSA pointers are only 32 bits
get unhappy about using a 64-bit format for a 32-bit quantity.

Thomas Munro, per an off-list suggestion from me.
2016-12-05 10:01:08 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fe0a0b5993 Replace PostmasterRandom() with a stronger source, second attempt.
This adds a new routine, pg_strong_random() for generating random bytes,
for use in both frontend and backend. At the moment, it's only used in
the backend, but the upcoming SCRAM authentication patches need strong
random numbers in libpq as well.

pg_strong_random() is based on, and replaces, the existing implementation
in pgcrypto. It can acquire strong random numbers from a number of sources,
depending on what's available:

- OpenSSL RAND_bytes(), if built with OpenSSL
- On Windows, the native cryptographic functions are used
- /dev/urandom

Unlike the current pgcrypto function, the source is chosen by configure.
That makes it easier to test different implementations, and ensures that
we don't accidentally fall back to a less secure implementation, if the
primary source fails. All of those methods are quite reliable, it would be
pretty surprising for them to fail, so we'd rather find out by failing
hard.

If no strong random source is available, we fall back to using erand48(),
seeded from current timestamp, like PostmasterRandom() was. That isn't
cryptographically secure, but allows us to still work on platforms that
don't have any of the above stronger sources. Because it's not very secure,
the built-in implementation is only used if explicitly requested with
--disable-strong-random.

This replaces the more complicated Fortuna algorithm we used to have in
pgcrypto, which is unfortunate, but all modern platforms have /dev/urandom,
so it doesn't seem worth the maintenance effort to keep that. pgcrypto
functions that require strong random numbers will be disabled with
--disable-strong-random.

Original patch by Magnus Hagander, tons of further work by Michael Paquier
and me.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqRy3krN8quR9XujMVVHYtXJ0_60nqgVc6oUk8ygyVkZsA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqRWkNYRRPJA7-cF+LfroYV10pvjdz6GNvxk-Eee9FypKA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-05 13:42:59 +02:00
Robert Haas
767a9039d7 Fix thinko in b3427dade1. 2016-12-02 15:06:41 -05:00
Tom Lane
b3427dade1 Delete deleteWhatDependsOn() in favor of more performDeletion() flag bits.
deleteWhatDependsOn() had grown an uncomfortably large number of
assumptions about what it's used for.  There are actually only two minor
differences between what it does and what a regular performDeletion() call
can do, so let's invent additional bits in performDeletion's existing flags
argument that specify those behaviors, and get rid of deleteWhatDependsOn()
as such.  (We'd probably have done it this way from the start, except that
performDeletion didn't originally have a flags argument, IIRC.)

Also, add a SKIP_EXTENSIONS flag bit that prevents ever recursing to an
extension, and use that when dropping temporary objects at session end.
This provides a more general solution to the problem addressed in a hacky
way in commit 08dd23cec: if an extension script creates temp objects and
forgets to remove them again, the whole extension went away when its
contained temp objects were deleted.  The previous solution only covered
temp relations, but this solves it for all object types.

These changes require minor additions in dependency.c to pass the flags
to subroutines that previously didn't get them, but it's still a net
savings of code, and it seems cleaner than before.

Having done this, revert the special-case code added in 08dd23cec that
prevented addition of pg_depend records for temp table extension
membership, because that caused its own oddities: dropping an extension
that had created such a table didn't automatically remove the table,
leading to a failure if the table had another dependency on the extension
(such as use of an extension data type), or to a duplicate-name failure if
you then tried to recreate the extension.  But we keep the part that
prevents the pg_temp_nnn schema from becoming an extension member; we never
want that to happen.  Add a regression test case covering these behaviors.

Although this fixes some arguable bugs, we've heard few field complaints,
and any such problems are easily worked around by explicitly dropping temp
objects at the end of extension scripts (which seems like good practice
anyway).  So I won't risk a back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e51f4311-f483-4dd0-1ccc-abec3c405110@BlueTreble.com
2016-12-02 14:57:55 -05:00
Robert Haas
13df76a537 Introduce dynamic shared memory areas.
Programmers discovered decades ago that it was useful to have a simple
interface for allocating and freeing memory, which is why malloc() and
free() were invented.  Unfortunately, those handy tools don't work
with dynamic shared memory segments because those are specific to
PostgreSQL and are not necessarily mapped at the same address in every
cooperating process.  So invent our own allocator instead.  This makes
it possible for processes cooperating as part of parallel query
execution to allocate and free chunks of memory without having to
reserve them prior to the start of execution.  It could also be used
for longer lived objects; for example, we could consider storing data
for pg_stat_statements or the stats collector in shared memory using
these interfaces, rather than writing them to files.  Basically,
anything that needs shared memory but can't predict in advance how
much it's going to need might find this useful.

Thomas Munro and Robert Haas.  The original code (of mine) on which
Thomas based his work was actually designed to be a new backend-local
memory allocator for PostgreSQL, but that hasn't gone anywhere - or
not yet, anyway.  Thomas took that work and performed major
refactoring and extensive modifications to make it work with dynamic
shared memory, including the addition of appropriate locking.

Discussion: CA+TgmobkeWptGwiNa+SGFWsTLzTzD-CeLz0KcE-y6LFgoUus4A@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: CAEepm=1z5WLuNoJ80PaCvz6EtG9dN0j-KuHcHtU6QEfcPP5-qA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-02 12:34:36 -05:00
Robert Haas
13e14a78ea Management of free memory pages.
This is intended as infrastructure for a full-fledged allocator for
dynamic shared memory.  The interface looks a bit like a real
allocator, but only supports allocating and freeing memory in
multiples of the 4kB page size.  Further, to free memory, you must
know the size of the span you wish to free, in pages.  While these are
make it unsuitable as an allocator in and of itself, it still serves
as very useful scaffolding for a full-fledged allocator.

Robert Haas and Thomas Munro.  This code is mostly the same as my 2014
submission, but Thomas fixed quite a few bugs and made some changes to
the interface.

Discussion: CA+TgmobkeWptGwiNa+SGFWsTLzTzD-CeLz0KcE-y6LFgoUus4A@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: CAEepm=1z5WLuNoJ80PaCvz6EtG9dN0j-KuHcHtU6QEfcPP5-qA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-02 12:03:30 -05:00
Robert Haas
fbc1c12a94 Add a crude facility for dealing with relative pointers.
C doesn't have any sort of built-in understanding of a pointer
relative to some arbitrary base address, but dynamic shared memory
segments can be mapped at different addresses in different processes,
so any sort of shared data structure stored within a dynamic shared
memory segment can't use absolute pointers.  We could use something
like Size to represent a relative pointer, but then the compiler
provides no type-checking.  Use stupid macro tricks to get some
type-checking.

Patch originally by me.  Concept suggested by Andres Freund.  Recently
resubmitted as part of Thomas Munro's work on dynamic shared memory
allocation.

Discussion: 20131205144434.GG12398@alap2.anarazel.de
Discussion: CAEepm=1z5WLuNoJ80PaCvz6EtG9dN0j-KuHcHtU6QEfcPP5-qA@mail.gmail.com
2016-12-02 11:29:01 -05:00
Robert Haas
b460f5d669 Add max_parallel_workers GUC.
Increase the default value of the existing max_worker_processes GUC
from 8 to 16, and add a new max_parallel_workers GUC with a maximum
of 8.  This way, even if the maximum amount of parallel query is
happening, there is still room for background workers that do other
things, as originally envisioned when max_worker_processes was added.

Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by Amit Kapila and by revised by me.
2016-12-02 07:42:58 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
5714931b07 Fix Windows build for 78c8c81439
Author: Petr Jelínek
2016-12-02 09:40:36 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
fa2fa99552 Permit dump/reload of not-too-large >1GB tuples
Our documentation states that our maximum field size is 1 GB, and that
our maximum row size of 1.6 TB.  However, while this might be attainable
in theory with enough contortions, it is not workable in practice; for
starters, pg_dump fails to dump tables containing rows larger than 1 GB,
even if individual columns are well below the limit; and even if one
does manage to manufacture a dump file containing a row that large, the
server refuses to load it anyway.

This commit enables dumping and reloading of such tuples, provided two
conditions are met:

1. no single column is larger than 1 GB (in output size -- for bytea
   this includes the formatting overhead)
2. the whole row is not larger than 2 GB

There are three related changes to enable this:

a. StringInfo's API now has two additional functions that allow creating
a string that grows beyond the typical 1GB limit (and "long" string).
ABI compatibility is maintained.  We still limit these strings to 2 GB,
though, for reasons explained below.

b. COPY now uses long StringInfos, so that pg_dump doesn't choke
trying to emit rows longer than 1GB.

c. heap_form_tuple now uses the MCXT_ALLOW_HUGE flag in its allocation
for the input tuple, which means that large tuples are accepted on
input.  Note that at this point we do not apply any further limit to the
input tuple size.

The main reason to limit to 2 GB is that the FE/BE protocol uses 32 bit
length words to describe each row; and because the documentation is
ambiguous on its signedness and libpq does consider it signed, we cannot
use the highest-order bit.  Additionally, the StringInfo API uses "int"
(which is 4 bytes wide in most platforms) in many places, so we'd need
to change that API too in order to improve, which has lots of fallout.

Backpatch to 9.5, which is the oldest that has
MemoryContextAllocExtended, a necessary piece of infrastructure.  We
could apply to 9.4 with very minimal additional effort, but any further
than that would require backpatching "huge" allocations too.

This is the largest set of changes we could find that can be
back-patched without breaking compatibility with existing systems.
Fixing a bigger set of problems (for example, dumping tuples bigger than
2GB, or dumping fields bigger than 1GB) would require changing the FE/BE
protocol and/or changing the StringInfo API in an ABI-incompatible way,
neither of which would be back-patchable.

Authors: Daniel Vérité, Álvaro Herrera
Reviewed by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160229183023.GA286012@alvherre.pgsql
2016-12-02 00:34:01 -03:00
Peter Eisentraut
78c8c81439 Refactor libpqwalreceiver
The whole walreceiver API is now wrapped into a struct, like most of our
other loadable module APIs.  The libpq connection is no longer a global
variable in libpqwalreceiver.  Instead, it is encapsulated into a struct
that is passed around the functions.  This allows multiple walreceivers
to run at the same time.

Add some rudimentary support for logical replication connections to
libpqwalreceiver.

These changes are mostly cosmetic and are going to be useful for the
future logical replication patches.

From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-01 20:23:28 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
597a87ccc9 Use latch instead of select() in walreceiver
Replace use of poll()/select() by WaitLatchOrSocket(), which is more
portable and flexible.

Also change walreceiver to use its procLatch instead of a custom latch.

From: Petr Jelinek <petr@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-12-01 20:23:28 -05:00
Andres Freund
fc4b3dea29 User narrower representative tuples in the hash-agg hashtable.
So far the hashtable stored representative tuples in the form of its
input slot, with all columns in the hashtable that are not
needed (i.e. not grouped upon or functionally dependent) set to NULL.

Thats good for saving memory, but it turns out that having tuples full
of NULL isn't free. slot_deform_tuple is faster if there's no NULL
bitmap even if no NULLs are encountered, and skipping over leading NULLs
isn't free.

So compute a separate tuple descriptor that only contains the needed
columns. As columns have already been moved in/out the slot for the
hashtable that does not imply additional per-row overhead.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161103110721.h5i5t5saxfk5eeik@alap3.anarazel.de
2016-11-30 17:30:09 -08:00
Andres Freund
8ed3f11bb0 Perform one only projection to compute agg arguments.
Previously we did a ExecProject() for each individual aggregate
argument. That turned out to be a performance bottleneck in queries with
multiple aggregates.

Doing all the argument computations in one ExecProject() is quite a bit
cheaper because ExecProject's fastpath can do the work at once in a
relatively tight loop, and because it can get all the required columns
with a single slot_getsomeattr and save some other redundant setup
costs.

Author: Andres Freund
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20161103110721.h5i5t5saxfk5eeik@alap3.anarazel.de
2016-11-30 16:20:24 -08:00
Robert Haas
6d46f4783e Improve hash index bucket split behavior.
Previously, the right to split a bucket was represented by a
heavyweight lock on the page number of the primary bucket page.
Unfortunately, this meant that every scan needed to take a heavyweight
lock on that bucket also, which was bad for concurrency.  Instead, use
a cleanup lock on the primary bucket page to indicate the right to
begin a split, so that scans only need to retain a pin on that page,
which is they would have to acquire anyway, and which is also much
cheaper.

In addition to reducing the locking cost, this also avoids locking out
scans and inserts for the entire lifetime of the split: while the new
bucket is being populated with copies of the appropriate tuples from
the old bucket, scans and inserts can happen in parallel.  There are
minor concurrency improvements for vacuum operations as well, though
the situation there is still far from ideal.

This patch also removes the unworldly assumption that a split will
never be interrupted.  With the new code, a split is done in a series
of small steps and the system can pick up where it left off if it is
interrupted prior to completion.  While this patch does not itself add
write-ahead logging for hash indexes, it is clearly a necessary first
step, since one of the things that could interrupt a split is the
removal of electrical power from the machine performing it.

Amit Kapila.  I wrote the original design on which this patch is
based, and did a good bit of work on the comments and README through
multiple rounds of review, but all of the code is Amit's.  Also
reviewed by Jesper Pedersen, Jeff Janes, and others.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1LfzcZYxLoXS874Ad0+S-ZM60U9bwcyiUZx9mHZ-KCWhw@mail.gmail.com
2016-11-30 15:39:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
11da83a0e7 Add uuid to the set of types supported by contrib/btree_gist.
Paul Jungwirth, reviewed and hacked on by Teodor Sigaev, Ildus
Kurbangaliev, Adam Brusselback, Chris Bandy, and myself.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+renyUEE29=X01JXdz8_TQvo6n9=2XoEBBRnQ8rkLyr+kjPxQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/55F6EE82.8080209@sigaev.ru
2016-11-29 14:08:34 -05:00
Robert Haas
273270593f Mark IsPostmasterEnvironment and IsBackgroundWorker as PGDLLIMPORT.
Per request from Craig Ringer.
2016-11-26 10:29:18 -05:00
Tom Lane
dbdfd114f3 Bring some clarity to the defaults for the xxx_flush_after parameters.
Instead of confusingly stating platform-dependent defaults for these
parameters in the comments in postgresql.conf.sample (with the main
entry being a lie on Linux), teach initdb to install the correct
platform-dependent value in postgresql.conf, similarly to the way
we handle other platform-dependent defaults.  This won't do anything
for existing 9.6 installations, but since it's effectively only a
documentation improvement, that seems OK.

Since this requires initdb to have access to the default values,
move the #define's for those to pg_config_manual.h; the original
placement in bufmgr.h is unworkable because that file can't be
included by frontend programs.

Adjust the default value for wal_writer_flush_after so that it is 1MB
regardless of XLOG_BLCKSZ, conforming to what is stated in both the
SGML docs and postgresql.conf.  (We could alternatively make it scale
with XLOG_BLCKSZ, but I'm not sure I see the point.)

Copy-edit related SGML documentation.

Fabien Coelho and Tom Lane, per a gripe from Tomas Vondra.

Discussion: <30ebc6e3-8358-09cf-44a8-578252938424@2ndquadrant.com>
2016-11-25 18:36:10 -05:00
Robert Haas
e343dfa42b Remove barrier.h
A new thing also called a "barrier" is proposed, but whether we decide
to take that patch or not, this file seems to have outlived its
usefulness.

Thomas Munro
2016-11-22 20:28:24 -05:00
Tom Lane
906bfcad7b Improve handling of "UPDATE ... SET (column_list) = row_constructor".
Previously, the right-hand side of a multiple-column assignment, if it
wasn't a sub-SELECT, had to be a simple parenthesized expression list,
because gram.y was responsible for "bursting" the construct into
independent column assignments.  This had the minor defect that you
couldn't write ROW (though you should be able to, since the standard says
this is a row constructor), and the rather larger defect that unlike other
uses of row constructors, we would not expand a "foo.*" item into multiple
columns.

Fix that by changing the RHS to be just "a_expr" in the grammar, leaving
it to transformMultiAssignRef to separate the elements of a RowExpr;
which it will do only after performing standard transformation of the
RowExpr, so that "foo.*" behaves as expected.

The key reason we didn't do that before was the hard-wired handling of
DEFAULT tokens (SetToDefault nodes).  This patch deals with that issue by
allowing DEFAULT in any a_expr and having parse analysis throw an error
if SetToDefault is found in an unexpected place.  That's an improvement
anyway since the error can be more specific than just "syntax error".

The SQL standard suggests that the RHS could be any a_expr yielding a
suitable row value.  This patch doesn't really move the goal posts in that
respect --- you're still limited to RowExpr or a sub-SELECT --- but it does
fix the grammar restriction, so it provides some tangible progress towards
a full implementation.  And the limitation is now documented by an explicit
error message rather than an unhelpful "syntax error".

Discussion: <8542.1479742008@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-22 15:20:10 -05:00
Robert Haas
e8ac886c24 Support condition variables.
Condition variables provide a flexible way to sleep until a
cooperating process causes an arbitrary condition to become true.  In
simple cases, this can be accomplished with a WaitLatch/ResetLatch
loop; the cooperating process can call SetLatch after performing work
that might cause the condition to be satisfied, and the waiting
process can recheck the condition each time.  However, if the process
performing the work doesn't have an easy way to identify which
processes might be waiting, this doesn't work, because it can't
identify which latches to set.  Condition variables solve that problem
by internally maintaining a list of waiters; a process that may have
caused some waiter's condition to be satisfied must "signal" or
"broadcast" on the condition variable.

Robert Haas and Thomas Munro
2016-11-22 14:27:11 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
67dc4ccbb2 Add pg_sequences view
Like pg_tables, pg_views, and others, this view contains information
about sequences in a way that is independent of the system catalog
layout but more comprehensive than the information schema.

To help implement the view, add a new internal function
pg_sequence_last_value() to return the last value of a sequence.  This
is kept separate from pg_sequence_parameters() to separate querying
run-time state from catalog-like information.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-11-18 14:59:03 -05:00
Robert Haas
b40b4dd9e1 Reserve zero as an invalid DSM handle.
Previously, the handle for the control segment could not be zero, but
some other DSM segment could potentially have a handle value of zero.
However, that means that if someone wanted to store a dsm_handle that
might or might not be valid, they would need a separate boolean to
keep track of whether the associated value is legal.  That's annoying,
so change things so that no DSM segment can ever have a handle of 0 -
or as we call it here, DSM_HANDLE_INVALID.

Thomas Munro.  This was submitted as part of a much larger patch to
add an malloc-like allocator for dynamic shared memory, but this part
seems like a good idea independently of the rest of the patch.
2016-11-15 16:33:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
ffaa44cb55 Account for catalog snapshot in PGXACT->xmin updates.
The CatalogSnapshot was not plugged into SnapshotResetXmin()'s accounting
for whether MyPgXact->xmin could be cleared or advanced.  In normal
transactions this was masked by the fact that the transaction snapshot
would be older, but during backend startup and certain utility commands
it was possible to re-use the CatalogSnapshot after MyPgXact->xmin had
been cleared, meaning that recently-deleted rows could be pruned even
though this snapshot could still see them, causing unexpected catalog
lookup failures.  This effect appears to be the explanation for a recent
failure on buildfarm member piculet.

To fix, add the CatalogSnapshot to the RegisteredSnapshots heap whenever
it is valid.

In the previous logic, it was possible for the CatalogSnapshot to remain
valid across waits for client input, but with this change that would mean
it delays advance of global xmin in cases where it did not before.  To
avoid possibly causing new table-bloat problems with clients that sit idle
for long intervals, add code to invalidate the CatalogSnapshot before
waiting for client input.  (When the backend is busy, it's unlikely that
the CatalogSnapshot would be the oldest snap for very long, so we don't
worry about forcing early invalidation of it otherwise.)

In passing, remove the CatalogSnapshotStale flag in favor of using
"CatalogSnapshot != NULL" to represent validity, as we do for the other
special snapshots in snapmgr.c.  And improve some obsolete comments.

No regression test because I don't know a deterministic way to cause this
failure.  But the stress test shown in the original discussion provokes
"cache lookup failed for relation 1255" within a few dozen seconds for me.

Back-patch to 9.4 where MVCC catalog scans were introduced.  (Note: it's
quite easy to produce similar failures with the same test case in branches
before 9.4.  But MVCC catalog scans were supposed to fix that.)

Discussion: <16447.1478818294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-15 15:55:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
24aef33804 Cleanup of rewriter and planner handling of Query.hasRowSecurity flag.
Be sure to pull up the subquery's hasRowSecurity flag when flattening a
subquery in pull_up_simple_subquery().  This isn't a bug today because
we don't look at the hasRowSecurity flag during planning, but it could
easily be a bug tomorrow.

Likewise, make rewriteRuleAction() pull up the hasRowSecurity flag when
absorbing RTEs from a rule action.  This isn't a bug either, for the
opposite reason: the flag should never be set yet.  But again, it seems
like good future proofing.

Add a comment explaining why rewriteTargetView() should *not* set
hasRowSecurity when adding stuff to securityQuals.

Improve some nearby comments about securityQuals processing, and document
that field more completely in parsenodes.h.

Patch by me, analysis by Dean Rasheed.

Discussion: <CAEZATCXZ8tb2DV6f=bkhsMV6u_gRcZ0CZBw2J-qU84RxSukZog@mail.gmail.com>
2016-11-10 16:16:33 -05:00
Tom Lane
530f806524 Re-allow user_catalog_table option for materialized views.
The reloptions stuff allows this option to be set on a matview.
While it's questionable whether that is useful or was really intended,
it does work, and we shouldn't change that in minor releases.  Commit
e3e66d8a9 disabled the option since I didn't realize that it was
possible for it to be set on a matview.  Tweak the test to re-allow it.

Discussion: <19749.1478711862@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-10 15:00:58 -05:00
Tom Lane
1833f1a1c3 Simplify code by getting rid of SPI_push, SPI_pop, SPI_restore_connection.
The idea behind SPI_push was to allow transitioning back into an
"unconnected" state when a SPI-using procedure calls unrelated code that
might or might not invoke SPI.  That sounds good, but in practice the only
thing it does for us is to catch cases where a called SPI-using function
forgets to call SPI_connect --- which is a highly improbable failure mode,
since it would be exposed immediately by direct testing of said function.
As against that, we've had multiple bugs induced by forgetting to call
SPI_push/SPI_pop around code that might invoke SPI-using functions; these
are much harder to catch and indeed have gone undetected for years in some
cases.  And we've had to band-aid around some problems of this ilk by
introducing conditional push/pop pairs in some places, which really kind
of defeats the purpose altogether; if we can't draw bright lines between
connected and unconnected code, what's the point?

Hence, get rid of SPI_push[_conditional], SPI_pop[_conditional], and the
underlying state variable _SPI_curid.  It turns out SPI_restore_connection
can go away too, which is a nice side benefit since it was never more than
a kluge.  Provide no-op macros for the deleted functions so as to avoid an
API break for external modules.

A side effect of this removal is that SPI_palloc and allied functions no
longer permit being called when unconnected; they'll throw an error
instead.  The apparent usefulness of the previous behavior was a mirage
as well, because it was depended on by only a few places (which I fixed in
preceding commits), and it posed a risk of allocations being unexpectedly
long-lived if someone forgot a SPI_push call.

Discussion: <20808.1478481403@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-08 17:39:57 -05:00
Tom Lane
9257f07872 Replace uses of SPI_modifytuple that intend to allocate in current context.
Invent a new function heap_modify_tuple_by_cols() that is functionally
equivalent to SPI_modifytuple except that it always allocates its result
by simple palloc.  I chose however to make the API details a bit more
like heap_modify_tuple: pass a tupdesc rather than a Relation, and use
bool convention for the isnull array.

Use this function in place of SPI_modifytuple at all call sites where the
intended behavior is to allocate in current context.  (There actually are
only two call sites left that depend on the old behavior, which makes me
wonder if we should just drop this function rather than keep it.)

This new function is easier to use than heap_modify_tuple() for purposes
of replacing a single column (or, really, any fixed number of columns).
There are a number of places where it would simplify the code to change
over, but I resisted that temptation for the moment ... everywhere except
in plpgsql's exec_assign_value(); changing that might offer some small
performance benefit, so I did it.

This is on the way to removing SPI_push/SPI_pop, but it seems like
good code cleanup in its own right.

Discussion: <9633.1478552022@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-08 15:36:44 -05:00
Tom Lane
e3e66d8a98 Band-aid fix for incorrect use of view options as StdRdOptions.
We really ought to make StdRdOptions and the other decoded forms of
reloptions self-identifying, but for the moment, assume that only plain
relations could possibly be user_catalog_tables.  Fixes problem with bogus
"ON CONFLICT is not supported on table ... used as a catalog table" error
when target is a view with cascade option.

Discussion: <26681.1477940227@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-07 12:08:18 -05:00
Tom Lane
33cb96ba1a Revert "Provide DLLEXPORT markers for C functions via PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1 macro."
This reverts commit c8ead2a397.
Seems there is no way to do this that doesn't cause MSVC to give
warnings, so let's just go back to the way we've been doing it.

Discussion: <11843.1478358206@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-11-07 10:19:22 -05:00
Tom Lane
86d19d27ce Remove duplicate macro definition.
Seems to be a copy-and-pasteo.  Odd that we heard no reports of
compiler warnings about it.

Thomas Munro
2016-11-05 11:51:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
06f5fd2f4f pgwin32_is_junction's argument should be "const char *" not "char *".
We're passing const strings to it in places, and that's not an
unreasonable thing to do.  Per buildfarm (noted on frogmouth
in particular).
2016-11-05 11:14:10 -04:00
Tom Lane
c8ead2a397 Provide DLLEXPORT markers for C functions via PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1 macro.
Second try at the change originally made in commit 8518583cd;
this time with contrib updates so that manual extern declarations
are also marked with PGDLLEXPORT.  The release notes should point
this out as a significant source-code change for extension authors,
since they'll have to make similar additions to avoid trouble on Windows.

Laurenz Albe, doc change by me

Patch: <A737B7A37273E048B164557ADEF4A58B53962ED8@ntex2010a.host.magwien.gv.at>
2016-11-04 19:04:56 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
8c48375e5f Implement syntax for transition tables in AFTER triggers.
This is infrastructure for the complete SQL standard feature.  No
support is included at this point for execution nodes or PLs.  The
intent is to add that soon.

As this patch leaves things, standard syntax can create tuplestores
to contain old and/or new versions of rows affected by a statement.
References to these tuplestores are in the TriggerData structure.
C triggers can access the tuplestores directly, so they are usable,
but they cannot yet be referenced within a SQL statement.
2016-11-04 10:49:50 -05:00
Robert Haas
f2e6a2ccf1 Add API to check if an existing exclusive lock allows cleanup.
LockBufferForCleanup() acquires a cleanup lock unconditionally, and
ConditionalLockBufferForCleanup() acquires a cleanup lock if it is
possible to do so without waiting; this patch adds a new API,
IsBufferCleanupOK(), which tests whether an exclusive lock already
held happens to be a cleanup lock.  This is possible because a cleanup
lock simply means an exclusive lock plus the assurance any other pins
on the buffer are newer than our own pin.  Therefore, just as the
existing functions decide that the exclusive lock that they've just
taken is a cleanup lock if they observe the pin count to be 1, this
new function allows us to observe that the pin count is 1 on a buffer
we've already locked.

This is useful in situations where a backend definitely wishes to
modify the buffer and also wishes to perform cleanup operations if
possible.  The patch to eliminate heavyweight locking by hash indexes
uses this, and it may have other applications as well.

Amit Kapila, per a suggestion from me.  Some comment adjustments by me
as well.
2016-11-04 09:32:24 -04:00
Robert Haas
6bb9a6177d Remove declarations for pq_putmessage_hook and pq_flush_hook.
Commit 2bd9e412f9 added these in error.
They were part of an earlier design for that patch and survived in the
committed version only by inadvertency.

Julien Rouhaud
2016-10-31 09:14:46 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
c32fe432af Avoid using a C++ keyword in header file
per cpluspluscheck
2016-10-26 22:41:56 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
56f39009c5 Fix typos in comments.
Vinayak Pokale
2016-10-26 11:12:31 +03:00
Magnus Hagander
56c7d8d455 Allow pg_basebackup to stream transaction log in tar mode
This will write the received transaction log into a file called
pg_wal.tar(.gz) next to the other tarfiles instead of writing it to
base.tar. When using fetch mode, the transaction log is still written to
base.tar like before, and when used against a pre-10 server, the file
is named pg_xlog.tar.

To do this, implement a new concept of a "walmethod", which is
responsible for writing the WAL. Two implementations exist, one that
writes to a plain directory (which is also used by pg_receivexlog) and
one that writes to a tar file with optional compression.

Reviewed by Michael Paquier
2016-10-23 15:23:11 +02:00
Robert Haas
f82ec32ac3 Rename "pg_xlog" directory to "pg_wal".
"xlog" is not a particularly clear abbreviation for "write-ahead log",
and it sometimes confuses users into believe that the contents of the
"pg_xlog" directory are not critical data, leading to unpleasant
consequences.  So, rename the directory to "pg_wal".

This patch modifies pg_upgrade and pg_basebackup to understand both
the old and new directory layouts; the former is necessary given the
purpose of the tool, while the latter merely avoids an unnecessary
backward-compatibility break.

We may wish to consider renaming other programs, switches, and
functions which still use the old "xlog" naming to also refer to
"wal".  However, that's still under discussion, so let's do just this
much for now.

Discussion: CAB7nPqTeC-8+zux8_-4ZD46V7YPwooeFxgndfsq5Rg8ibLVm1A@mail.gmail.com

Michael Paquier
2016-10-20 11:32:18 -04:00
Andres Freund
90d3da11c9 Fix a few typos in simplehash.h.
Author: Erik Rijkers
Discussion: <274e4c8ac545d6622735f97c1f6c354b@xs4all.nl>
2016-10-18 10:55:56 -07:00
Robert Haas
fca41acb86 Fix typo in comment.
Amit Langote
2016-10-18 13:43:27 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
faae1c918e Revert "Replace PostmasterRandom() with a stronger way of generating randomness."
This reverts commit 9e083fd468. That was a
few bricks shy of a load:

* Query cancel stopped working
* Buildfarm member pademelon stopped working, because the box doesn't have
  /dev/urandom nor /dev/random.

This clearly needs some more discussion, and a quite different patch, so
revert for now.
2016-10-18 16:28:23 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9e083fd468 Replace PostmasterRandom() with a stronger way of generating randomness.
This adds a new routine, pg_strong_random() for generating random bytes,
for use in both frontend and backend. At the moment, it's only used in
the backend, but the upcoming SCRAM authentication patches need strong
random numbers in libpq as well.

pg_strong_random() is based on, and replaces, the existing implementation
in pgcrypto. It can acquire strong random numbers from a number of sources,
depending on what's available:
- OpenSSL RAND_bytes(), if built with OpenSSL
- On Windows, the native cryptographic functions are used
- /dev/urandom
- /dev/random

Original patch by Magnus Hagander, with further work by Michael Paquier
and me.

Discussion: <CAB7nPqRy3krN8quR9XujMVVHYtXJ0_60nqgVc6oUk8ygyVkZsA@mail.gmail.com>
2016-10-17 11:52:50 +03:00
Andres Freund
5dfc198146 Use more efficient hashtable for execGrouping.c to speed up hash aggregation.
The more efficient hashtable speeds up hash-aggregations with more than
a few hundred groups significantly. Improvements of over 120% have been
measured.

Due to the the different hash table queries that not fully
determined (e.g. GROUP BY without ORDER BY) may change their result
order.

The conversion is largely straight-forward, except that, due to the
static element types of simplehash.h type hashes, the additional data
some users store in elements (e.g. the per-group working data for hash
aggregaters) is now stored in TupleHashEntryData->additional.  The
meaning of BuildTupleHashTable's entrysize (renamed to additionalsize)
has been changed to only be about the additionally stored size.  That
size is only used for the initial sizing of the hash-table.

Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: <20160727004333.r3e2k2y6fvk2ntup@alap3.anarazel.de>
2016-10-14 17:22:51 -07:00
Andres Freund
b30d3ea824 Add a macro templatized hashtable.
dynahash.c hash tables aren't quite fast enough for some
use-cases. There are several reasons for lacking performance:
- the use of chaining for collision handling makes them cache
  inefficient, that's especially an issue when the tables get bigger.
- as the element sizes for dynahash are only determined at runtime,
  offset computations are somewhat expensive
- hash and element comparisons are indirect function calls, causing
  unnecessary pipeline stalls
- it's two level structure has some benefits (somewhat natural
  partitioning), but increases the number of indirections
to fix several of these the hash tables have to be adjusted to the
individual use-case at compile-time. C unfortunately doesn't provide a
good way to do compile code generation (like e.g. c++'s templates for
all their weaknesses do).  Thus the somewhat ugly approach taken here is
to allow for code generation using a macro-templatized header file,
which generates functions and types based on a prefix and other
parameters.

Later patches use this infrastructure to use such hash tables for
tidbitmap.c (bitmap scans) and execGrouping.c (hash aggregation,
...). In queries where these use up a large fraction of the time, this
has been measured to lead to performance improvements of over 100%.

There are other cases where this could be useful (e.g. catcache.c).

The hash table design chosen is a variant of linear open-addressing. The
biggest disadvantage of simple linear addressing schemes are highly
variable lookup times due to clustering, and deletions leaving a lot of
tombstones around.  To address these issues a variant of "robin hood"
hashing is employed.  Robin hood hashing optimizes chaining lengths by
moving elements close to their optimal bucket ("rich" elements), out of
the way if a to-be-inserted element is further away from its optimal
position (i.e. it's "poor").  While that can make insertions slower, the
average lookup performance is a lot better, and higher fill factors can
be used in a still performant manner.  To avoid tombstones - which
normally solve the issue that a deleted node's presence is relevant to
determine whether a lookup needs to continue looking or is done -
buckets following a deleted element are shifted backwards, unless
they're empty or already at their optimal position.

There's further possible improvements that can be made to this
implementation. Amongst others:
- Use distance as a termination criteria during searches. This is
  generally a good idea, but I've been able to see the overhead of
  distance calculations in some cases.
- Consider combining the 'empty' status into the hashvalue, and enforce
  storing the hashvalue. That could, in some cases, increase memory
  density and remove a few instructions.
- Experiment further with the, very conservatively choosen, fillfactor.
- Make maximum size of hashtable configurable, to allow storing very
  very large tables. That'd require 64bit hash values to be more common
  than now, though.
- some smaller memcpy calls could be optimized to copy larger chunks
But since the new implementation is already considerably faster than
dynahash it seem sensible to start using it.

Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: <20160727004333.r3e2k2y6fvk2ntup@alap3.anarazel.de>
2016-10-14 16:07:38 -07:00
Andres Freund
aa3ca5e3dd Add likely/unlikely() branch hint macros.
These are useful for very hot code paths. Because it's easy to guess
wrongly about likelihood, and because such likelihoods change over time,
they should be used sparingly.

Past tests have shown it'd be a good idea to use them in some places,
e.g. in error checks around ereports that ERROR out, but that's work for
later.

Discussion: <20160727004333.r3e2k2y6fvk2ntup@alap3.anarazel.de>
2016-10-14 16:05:30 -07:00
Tom Lane
4f52fd3c6d Revert addition of PGDLLEXPORT in PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1 macro.
This turns out not to be as harmless as I thought: MSVC will complain
if it sees an "extern" declaration without PGDLLEXPORT and then one with.
(Seems fairly silly, given that this can be changed after the fact by the
linker, but there you have it.)  Therefore, contrib modules that have
extern's for V1 functions in header files are falling over in the
buildfarm, since none of those externs are marked PGDLLEXPORT.

We might or might not conclude that we're willing to plaster those
declarations with PGDLLEXPORT in HEAD, but in any case there's no way we're
going to ship this change in the back branches.  Third-party authors would
not thank us for breaking their code in a minor release.  Hence, revert
the addition of PGDLLEXPORT (but let's keep the extra info in the comment).
If we do the other changes we can revert this commit in HEAD.

Per buildfarm.
2016-10-12 18:01:43 -04:00
Tom Lane
5c80642aa8 Remove unnecessary int2vector-specific hash function and equality operator.
These functions were originally added in commit d8cedf67a to support
use of int2vector columns as catcache lookup keys.  However, there are
no catcaches that use such columns.  (Indeed I now think it must always
have been dead code: a catcache with such a key column would need an
underlying unique index on the column, but we've never had an int2vector
btree opclass.)

Getting rid of the int2vector-specific operator and function does not
lose any functionality, because operations on int2vectors will now fall
back to the generic anyarray support.  This avoids a wart that a btree
index on an int2vector column (made using anyarray_ops) would fail to
match equality searches, because int2vectoreq wasn't a member of the
opclass.  We don't really care much about that, since int2vector is not
meant as a type for users to use, but it's silly to have extra code and
less functionality.

If we ever do want a catcache to be indexed by an int2vector column,
we'd need to put back full btree and hash opclasses for int2vector,
comparable to the support for oidvector.  (The anyarray code can't be
used at such a low level, because it needs to do catcache lookups.)
But we'll deal with that if/when the need arises.

Also worth noting is that removal of the hash int2vector_ops opclass will
break any user-created hash indexes on int2vector columns.  While hash
anyarray_ops would serve the same purpose, it would probably not compute
the same hash values and thus wouldn't be on-disk-compatible.  Given that
int2vector isn't a user-facing type and we're planning other incompatible
changes in hash indexes for v10 anyway, this doesn't seem like something
to worry about, but it's probably worth mentioning here.

Amit Langote

Discussion: <d9bb74f8-b194-7307-9ebd-90645d377e45@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-10-12 14:54:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
8518583cdb Provide DLLEXPORT markers for C functions via PG_FUNCTION_INFO_V1 macro.
This isn't really necessary for our own code, because we use a .DEF file
in MSVC builds (see gendef.pl), or --export-all-symbols in MinGW and
Cygwin builds, to ensure that all global symbols in loadable modules
will be exported on Windows.  However, third-party authors might use
different build processes that need this marker, and it's harmless
enough for our own builds.

To some extent, this is an oversight in commit e7128e8db, so back-patch
to 9.4 where that was added.

Laurenz Albe

Discussion: <A737B7A37273E048B164557ADEF4A58B539300BD@ntex2010a.host.magwien.gv.at>
2016-10-12 12:45:50 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
bb55dd6059 Fix copy-pasto in comment.
Amit Langote
2016-10-12 12:07:54 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
b75f467b6e Simplify the code for logical tape read buffers.
Pass the buffer size as argument to LogicalTapeRewindForRead, rather than
setting it earlier with the separate LogicTapeAssignReadBufferSize call.
This way, the buffer size is set closer to where it's actually used, which
makes the code easier to understand.

This makes the calculation for how much memory to use for the buffers less
precise. We now use the same amount of memory for every tape, rounded down
to the nearest BLCKSZ boundary, instead of using one more block for some
tapes, to get the total up to exact amount of memory available. That should
be OK, merging isn't too sensitive to the exact amount of memory used.

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan

Discussion: <0f607c4b-df23-353e-bf56-c0389d28495f@iki.fi>
2016-10-12 12:05:45 +03:00
Tom Lane
2f1eaf87e8 Drop server support for FE/BE protocol version 1.0.
While this isn't a lot of code, it's been essentially untestable for
a very long time, because libpq doesn't support anything older than
protocol 2.0, and has not since release 6.3.  There's no reason to
believe any other client-side code still uses that protocol, either.

Discussion: <2661.1475849167@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-10-11 12:19:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
2b860f52ed Remove "sco" and "unixware" ports.
SCO OpenServer and SCO UnixWare are more or less dead platforms.
We have never had a buildfarm member testing the "sco" port, and
the last "unixware" member was last heard from in 2012, so it's
fair to doubt that the code even compiles anymore on either one.
Remove both ports.  We can always undo this if someone shows up
with an interest in maintaining and testing these platforms.

Discussion: <17177.1476136994@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-10-11 11:26:04 -04:00
Andres Freund
b0779abb3a Fix fallback implementation of pg_atomic_write_u32().
I somehow had assumed that in the spinlock (in turn possibly using
semaphores) based fallback atomics implementation 32 bit writes could be
done without a lock. As far as the write goes that's correct, since
postgres supports only platforms with single-copy atomicity for aligned
32bit writes.  But writing without holding the spinlock breaks
read-modify-write operations like pg_atomic_compare_exchange_u32(),
since they'll potentially "miss" a concurrent write, which can't happen
in actual hardware implementations.

In 9.6+ when using the fallback atomics implementation this could lead
to buffer header locks not being properly marked as released, and
potentially some related state corruption.  I don't see a related danger
in 9.5 (earliest release with the API), because pg_atomic_write_u32()
wasn't used in a concurrent manner there.

The state variable of local buffers, before this change, were
manipulated using pg_atomic_write_u32(), to avoid unnecessary
synchronization overhead. As that'd not be the case anymore, introduce
and use pg_atomic_unlocked_write_u32(), which does not correctly
interact with RMW operations.

This bug only caused issues when postgres is compiled on platforms
without atomics support (i.e. no common new platform), or when compiled
with --disable-atomics, which explains why this wasn't noticed in
testing.

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: <14947.1475690465@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Backpatch: 9.5-, where the atomic operations API was introduced.
2016-10-07 16:55:15 -07:00
Robert Haas
d2ce38e204 Rename WAIT_* constants to PG_WAIT_*.
Windows apparently has a constant named WAIT_TIMEOUT, and some of these
other names are pretty generic, too.  Insert "PG_" at the front of each
name in order to disambiguate.

Michael Paquier
2016-10-05 08:04:52 -04:00
Robert Haas
23843dcb60 Remove trailing commas from enums.
Buildfarm member mylodon doesn't like them.  Actually, I don't like
them either, but I failed to notice these before pushing commit
6f3bd98ebf.
2016-10-04 11:50:34 -04:00
Robert Haas
6f3bd98ebf Extend framework from commit 53be0b1ad to report latch waits.
WaitLatch, WaitLatchOrSocket, and WaitEventSetWait now taken an
additional wait_event_info parameter; legal values are defined in
pgstat.h.  This makes it possible to uniquely identify every point in
the core code where we are waiting for a latch; extensions can pass
WAIT_EXTENSION.

Because latches were the major wait primitive not previously covered
by this patch, it is now possible to see information in
pg_stat_activity on a large number of important wait events not
previously addressed, such as ClientRead, ClientWrite, and SyncRep.

Unfortunately, many of the wait events added by this patch will fail
to appear in pg_stat_activity because they're only used in background
processes which don't currently appear in pg_stat_activity.  We should
fix this either by creating a separate view for such information, or
else by deciding to include them in pg_stat_activity after all.

Michael Paquier and Robert Haas, reviewed by Alexander Korotkov and
Thomas Munro.
2016-10-04 11:01:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
6bc811c992 Show a sensible value in pg_settings.unit for GUC_UNIT_XSEGS variables.
Commit 88e982302 invented GUC_UNIT_XSEGS for min_wal_size and max_wal_size,
but neglected to make it display sensibly in pg_settings.unit (by adding a
case to the switch in GetConfigOptionByNum).  Fix that, and adjust said
switch to throw a run-time error the next time somebody forgets.

In passing, avoid using a static buffer for the output string --- the rest
of this function pstrdup's from a local buffer, and I see no very good
reason why the units code should do it differently and less safely.

Per report from Otar Shavadze.  Back-patch to 9.5 where the new unit type
was added.

Report: <CAG-jOyA=iNFhN+yB4vfvqh688B7Tr5SArbYcFUAjZi=0Exp-Lg@mail.gmail.com>
2016-10-03 16:40:25 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e94568ecc1 Change the way pre-reading in external sort's merge phase works.
Don't pre-read tuples into SortTuple slots during merge. Instead, use the
memory for larger read buffers in logtape.c. We're doing the same number
of READTUP() calls either way, but managing the pre-read SortTuple slots
is much more complicated. Also, the on-tape representation is more compact
than SortTuples, so we can fit more pre-read tuples into the same amount
of memory this way. And we have better cache-locality, when we use just a
small number of SortTuple slots.

Now that we only hold one tuple from each tape in the SortTuple slots, we
can greatly simplify the "batch memory" management. We now maintain a
small set of fixed-sized slots, to hold the tuples, and fall back to
palloc() for larger tuples. We use this method during all merge phases,
not just the final merge, and also when randomAccess is requested, and
also in the TSS_SORTEDONTAPE case. In other words, it's used whenever we
do an external sort.

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan and Claudio Freire.

Discussion: <CAM3SWZTpaORV=yQGVCG8Q4axcZ3MvF-05xe39ZvORdU9JcD6hQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-10-03 13:37:49 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
cd03890d0b Fix breakage in previous change 2016-09-30 15:27:51 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
330b48b94b Separate enum from struct
Otherwise the enum symbols are not visible outside the struct in C++.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@enterprisedb.com>
2016-09-30 15:11:47 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bc34223bc1 pg_basebackup pg_receivexlog: Issue fsync more carefully
Several places weren't careful about fsyncing in the way.  See 1d4a0ab1
and 606e0f98 for details about required fsyncs.

This adds a couple of functions in src/common/ that have an equivalent
in the backend: durable_rename(), fsync_parent_path()

From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-09-29 12:00:00 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
bf5bb2e85b Move fsync routines of initdb into src/common/
The intention is to used those in other utilities such as pg_basebackup
and pg_receivexlog.

From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-09-29 12:00:00 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
e79e6c4da1 Fix CRC check handling in get_controlfile
The previous patch broke this by returning NULL for a failed CRC check,
which pg_controldata would then try to read.  Fix by returning the
result of the CRC check in a separate argument.

Michael Paquier and myself
2016-09-28 12:00:00 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
babe05bc2b Turn password_encryption GUC into an enum.
This makes the parameter easier to extend, to support other password-based
authentication protocols than MD5. (SCRAM is being worked on.)

The GUC still accepts on/off as aliases for "md5" and "plain", although
we may want to remove those once we actually add support for another
password hash type.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by David Steele, with some further edits by me.

Discussion: <CAB7nPqSMXU35g=W9X74HVeQp0uvgJxvYOuA4A-A3M+0wfEBv-w@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-28 12:22:44 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
440c8d1bbc Fix some typos in comment 2016-09-26 12:00:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
fdc9186f7e Replace the built-in GIN array opclasses with a single polymorphic opclass.
We had thirty different GIN array opclasses sharing the same operators and
support functions.  That still didn't cover all the built-in types, nor
did it cover arrays of extension-added types.  What we want is a single
polymorphic opclass for "anyarray".  There were two missing features needed
to make this possible:

1. We have to be able to declare the index storage type as ANYELEMENT
when the opclass is declared to index ANYARRAY.  This just takes a few
more lines in index_create().  Although this currently seems of use only
for GIN, there's no reason to make index_create() restrict it to that.

2. We have to be able to identify the proper GIN compare function for
the index storage type.  This patch proceeds by making the compare function
optional in GIN opclass definitions, and specifying that the default btree
comparison function for the index storage type will be looked up when the
opclass omits it.  Again, that seems pretty generically useful.

Since the comparison function lookup is done in initGinState(), making
use of the second feature adds an additional cache lookup to GIN index
access setup.  It seems unlikely that that would be very noticeable given
the other costs involved, but maybe at some point we should consider
making GinState data persist longer than it now does --- we could keep it
in the index relcache entry, perhaps.

Rather fortuitously, we don't seem to need to do anything to get this
change to play nice with dump/reload or pg_upgrade scenarios: the new
opclass definition is automatically selected to replace existing index
definitions, and the on-disk data remains compatible.  Also, if a user has
created a custom opclass definition for a non-builtin type, this doesn't
break that, since CREATE INDEX will prefer an exact match to opcintype
over a match to ANYARRAY.  However, if there's anyone out there with
handwritten DDL that explicitly specifies _bool_ops or one of the other
replaced opclass names, they'll need to adjust that.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Enrique Meneses

Discussion: <14436.1470940379@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-26 14:52:44 -04:00
Tom Lane
da6c4f6ca8 Refer to OS X as "macOS", except for the port name which is still "darwin".
We weren't terribly consistent about whether to call Apple's OS "OS X"
or "Mac OS X", and the former is probably confusing to people who aren't
Apple users.  Now that Apple has rebranded it "macOS", follow their lead
to establish a consistent naming pattern.  Also, avoid the use of the
ancient project name "Darwin", except as the port code name which does not
seem desirable to change.  (In short, this patch touches documentation and
comments, but no actual code.)

I didn't touch contrib/start-scripts/osx/, either.  I suspect those are
obsolete and due for a rewrite, anyway.

I dithered about whether to apply this edit to old release notes, but
those were responsible for quite a lot of the inconsistencies, so I ended
up changing them too.  Anyway, Apple's being ahistorical about this,
so why shouldn't we be?
2016-09-25 15:40:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
49a91b88e6 Avoid using PostmasterRandom() for DSM control segment ID.
Commits 470d886c3 et al intended to fix the problem that the postmaster
selected the same "random" DSM control segment ID on every start.  But
using PostmasterRandom() for that destroys the intended property that the
delay between random_start_time and random_stop_time will be unpredictable.
(Said delay is probably already more predictable than we could wish, but
that doesn't mean that reducing it by a couple orders of magnitude is OK.)
Revert the previous patch and add a comment warning against misuse of
PostmasterRandom.  Fix the original problem by calling srandom() early in
PostmasterMain, using a low-security seed that will later be overwritten
by PostmasterRandom.

Discussion: <20789.1474390434@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-23 09:54:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
8023b5827f Remove nearly-unused SizeOfIptrData macro.
Past refactorings have removed all but one reference to SizeOfIptrData
(and that one place was in a pretty noncritical spot).  Since nobody's
complained, it seems probable that there are no supported compilers
that don't think sizeof(ItemPointerData) is 6.  If there are, we're
wasting MAXALIGN per heap tuple anyway, so it's rather silly to worry
about whether we can shave space in places like WAL records.

Pavan Deolasee

Discussion: <CABOikdOOawDda4hwLOT6zdA6MFfPLu3Z2YBZkX0JdayNS6JOeQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-22 14:30:33 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
c1dc51d484 pg_ctl: Detect current standby state from pg_control
pg_ctl used to determine whether a server was in standby mode by looking
for a recovery.conf file.  With this change, it instead looks into
pg_control, which is potentially more accurate.  There are also
occasional discussions about removing recovery.conf, so this removes one
dependency.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-09-21 12:00:00 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
c91b34bab1 Fix typo
From: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
2016-09-21 12:00:00 -04:00
Robert Haas
470d886c32 Use PostmasterRandom(), not random(), for DSM control segment ID.
Otherwise, every startup gets the same "random" value, which is
definitely not what was intended.
2016-09-20 12:26:29 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
45310221a9 Fix outdated comments, GIST search queue is not an RBTree anymore.
The GiST search queue is implemented as a pairing heap rather than as
Red-Black Tree, since 9.5 (commit e7032610). I neglected these comments
in that commit.
2016-09-20 11:38:25 +03:00
Tom Lane
d8c61c9765 Add debugging aid "bmsToString(Bitmapset *bms)".
This function has no direct callers at present, but it's convenient for
manual use in a debugger, rather than having to inspect memory and do
bit-counting in your head.

In passing, get rid of useless outBitmapset() wrapper around
_outBitmapset(); let's just export the function that does the work.
Likewise for outToken().

Ashutosh Bapat, tweaked a bit by me

Discussion: <CAFjFpRdiht8e1HTVirbubr4YzaON5iZTzFJjq909y4sU8M_6eA@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-16 09:36:24 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5c6df67e0c Fix building with LibreSSL.
LibreSSL defines OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER to claim that it is version 2.0.0,
but it doesn't have the functions added in OpenSSL 1.1.0. Add autoconf
checks for the individual functions we need, and stop relying on
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER.

Backport to 9.5 and 9.6, like the patch that broke this. In the
back-branches, there are still a few OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER checks left,
to check for OpenSSL 0.9.8 or 0.9.7. I left them as they were - LibreSSL
has all those functions, so they work as intended.

Per buildfarm member curculio.

Discussion: <2442.1473957669@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-15 22:52:51 +03:00
Robert Haas
6415ba502b Improve code comment for GatherPath's single_copy flag.
Discussion: 5934.1472642782@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-09-14 15:43:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
55c3391d1e Be pickier about converting between Name and Datum.
We were misapplying NameGetDatum() to plain C strings in some places.
This worked, because it was just a pointer cast anyway, but it's a type
cheat in some sense.  Use CStringGetDatum instead, and modify the
NameGetDatum macro so it won't compile if applied to something that's
not a pointer to NameData.  This should result in no changes to
generated code, but it is logically cleaner.

Mark Dilger, tweaked a bit by me

Discussion: <EFD8AC94-4C1F-40C1-A5EA-304080089C1B@gmail.com>
2016-09-13 17:17:48 -04:00
Tom Lane
a4c35ea1c2 Improve parser's and planner's handling of set-returning functions.
Teach the parser to reject misplaced set-returning functions during parse
analysis using p_expr_kind, in much the same way as we do for aggregates
and window functions (cf commit eaccfded9).  While this isn't complete
(it misses nesting-based restrictions), it's much better than the previous
error reporting for such cases, and it allows elimination of assorted
ad-hoc expression_returns_set() error checks.  We could add nesting checks
later if it seems important to catch all cases at parse time.

There is one case the parser will now throw error for although previous
versions allowed it, which is SRFs in the tlist of an UPDATE.  That never
behaved sensibly (since it's ill-defined which generated row should be
used to perform the update) and it's hard to see why it should not be
treated as an error.  It's a release-note-worthy change though.

Also, add a new Query field hasTargetSRFs reporting whether there are
any SRFs in the targetlist (including GROUP BY/ORDER BY expressions).
The parser can now set that basically for free during parse analysis,
and we can use it in a number of places to avoid expression_returns_set
searches.  (There will be more such checks soon.)  In some places, this
allows decontorting the logic since it's no longer expensive to check for
SRFs in the tlist --- so I made the checks parallel to the handling of
hasAggs/hasWindowFuncs wherever it seemed appropriate.

catversion bump because adding a Query field changes stored rules.

Andres Freund and Tom Lane

Discussion: <24639.1473782855@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-13 13:54:24 -04:00
Robert Haas
445a38aba2 Have heapam.h include lockdefs.h rather than lock.h.
lockdefs.h was only split from lock.h relatively recently, and
represents a minimal subset of the old lock.h.  heapam.h only needs
that smaller subset, so adjust it to include only that.  This requires
some corresponding adjustments elsewhere.

Peter Geoghegan
2016-09-13 09:21:35 -04:00
Tom Lane
f2717c79ee Improve unreachability recognition in elog() macro.
Some experimentation with an older version of gcc showed that it is able
to determine whether "if (elevel_ >= ERROR)" is compile-time constant
if elevel_ is declared "const", but otherwise not so much.  We had
accounted for that in ereport() but were too miserly with braces to
make it so in elog().  I don't know how many currently-interesting
compilers have the same quirk, but in case it will save some code
space, let's make sure that elog() is on the same footing as ereport()
for this purpose.

Back-patch to 9.3 where we introduced pg_unreachable() calls into
elog/ereport.
2016-09-10 17:54:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
24992c6db9 Rewrite PageIndexDeleteNoCompact into a form that only deletes 1 tuple.
The full generality of deleting an arbitrary number of tuples is no longer
needed, so let's save some code and cycles by replacing the original coding
with an implementation based on PageIndexTupleDelete.

We can always get back the old code from git if we need it again for new
callers (though I don't care for its willingness to mess with line pointers
it wasn't told to mess with).

Discussion: <552.1473445163@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-09 19:00:59 -04:00
Tom Lane
1a4be103a5 Convert PageAddItem into a macro to save a few cycles.
Nowadays this is just a backwards-compatibility wrapper around
PageAddItemExtended, so let's avoid the extra level of function call.
In addition, because pretty much all callers are passing constants
for the two bool arguments, compilers will be able to constant-fold
the conversion to a flags bitmask.

Discussion: <552.1473445163@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-09 18:17:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
b1328d78f8 Invent PageIndexTupleOverwrite, and teach BRIN and GiST to use it.
PageIndexTupleOverwrite performs approximately the same function as
PageIndexTupleDelete (or PageIndexDeleteNoCompact) followed by PageAddItem
targeting the same item pointer offset.  But in the case where the new
tuple is the same size as the old, it avoids shuffling other data around on
the page, because the new tuple is placed where the old one was rather than
being appended to the end of the page.  This has been shown to provide a
substantial speedup for some GiST use-cases.

Also, this change allows some API simplifications: we can get rid of
the rather klugy and error-prone PAI_ALLOW_FAR_OFFSET flag for
PageAddItemExtended, since that was used only to cover a corner case
for BRIN that's better expressed by using PageIndexTupleOverwrite.

Note that this patch causes a rather subtle WAL incompatibility: the
physical page content change represented by certain WAL records is now
different than it was before, because while the tuples have the same
itempointer line numbers, the tuples themselves are in different places.
I have not bumped the WAL version number because I think it doesn't matter
unless you are trying to do bitwise comparisons of original and replayed
pages, and in any case we're early in a devel cycle and there will probably
be more WAL changes before v10 gets out the door.

There is probably room to make use of PageIndexTupleOverwrite in SP-GiST
and GIN too, but that is left for a future patch.

Andrey Borodin, reviewed by Anastasia Lubennikova, whacked around a bit
by me

Discussion: <CAJEAwVGQjGGOj6mMSgMwGvtFd5Kwe6VFAxY=uEPZWMDjzbn4VQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-09 18:02:36 -04:00
Andres Freund
45e191e3aa Improve scalability of md.c for large relations.
So far md.c used a linked list of segments. That proved to be a problem
when processing large relations, because every smgr.c/md.c level access
to a page incurred walking through a linked list of all preceding
segments. Thus making accessing pages O(#segments).

Replace the linked list of segments hanging off SMgrRelationData with an
array of opened segments. That allows O(1) access to individual
segments, if they've previously been opened.

Discussion: <20140331101001.GE13135@alap3.anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan, Tom Lane (in an older version)
2016-09-08 17:18:46 -07:00
Tom Lane
0ab9c56d0f Support renaming an existing value of an enum type.
Not much to be said about this patch: it does what it says on the tin.

In passing, rename AlterEnumStmt.skipIfExists to skipIfNewValExists
to clarify what it actually does.  In the discussion of this patch
we considered supporting other similar options, such as IF EXISTS
on the type as a whole or IF NOT EXISTS on the target name.  This
patch doesn't actually add any such feature, but it might happen later.

Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, reviewed by Emre Hasegeli

Discussion: <CAO=2mx6uvgPaPDf-rHqG8=1MZnGyVDMQeh8zS4euRyyg4D35OQ@mail.gmail.com>
2016-09-07 16:11:56 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
49eb0fd097 Add location field to DefElem
Add a location field to the DefElem struct, used to parse many utility
commands.  Update various error messages to supply error position
information.

To propogate the error position information in a more systematic way,
create a ParseState in standard_ProcessUtility() and pass that to
interested functions implementing the utility commands.  This seems
better than passing the query string and then reassembling a parse state
ad hoc, which violates the encapsulation of the ParseState type.

Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
2016-09-06 12:00:00 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
67e1e2aaff C comment: fix file name mention on line 1
Author: Amit Langote
2016-09-06 00:03:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
c54159d44c Make locale-dependent regex character classes work for large char codes.
Previously, we failed to recognize Unicode characters above U+7FF as
being members of locale-dependent character classes such as [[:alpha:]].
(Actually, the same problem occurs for large pg_wchar values in any
multibyte encoding, but UTF8 is the only case people have actually
complained about.)  It's impractical to get Spencer's original code to
handle character classes or ranges containing many thousands of characters,
because it insists on considering each member character individually at
regex compile time, whether or not the character will ever be of interest
at run time.  To fix, choose a cutoff point MAX_SIMPLE_CHR below which
we process characters individually as before, and deal with entire ranges
or classes as single entities above that.  We can actually make things
cheaper than before for chars below the cutoff, because the color map can
now be a simple linear array for those chars, rather than the multilevel
tree structure Spencer designed.  It's more expensive than before for
chars above the cutoff, because we must do a binary search in a list of
high chars and char ranges used in the regex pattern, plus call iswalpha()
and friends for each locale-dependent character class used in the pattern.
However, multibyte encodings are normally designed to give smaller codes
to popular characters, so that we can expect that the slow path will be
taken relatively infrequently.  In any case, the speed penalty appears
minor except when we have to apply iswalpha() etc. to high character codes
at runtime --- and the previous coding gave wrong answers for those cases,
so whether it was faster is moot.

Tom Lane, reviewed by Heikki Linnakangas

Discussion: <15563.1471913698@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-05 17:06:29 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f80049f76a C comment: align dashes in GroupState node header
Author: Jim Nasby
2016-09-05 13:09:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
15bc038f9b Relax transactional restrictions on ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE.
To prevent possibly breaking indexes on enum columns, we must keep
uncommitted enum values from getting stored in tables, unless we
can be sure that any such column is new in the current transaction.

Formerly, we enforced this by disallowing ALTER TYPE ... ADD VALUE
from being executed at all in a transaction block, unless the target
enum type had been created in the current transaction.  This patch
removes that restriction, and instead insists that an uncommitted enum
value can't be referenced unless it belongs to an enum type created
in the same transaction as the value.  Per discussion, this should be
a bit less onerous.  It does require each function that could possibly
return a new enum value to SQL operations to check this restriction,
but there aren't so many of those that this seems unmaintainable.

Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane

Discussion: <4075.1459088427@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-05 12:59:55 -04:00
Simon Riggs
016abf1fb8 Add debug check function LWLockHeldByMeInMode()
Tests whether my process holds a lock in given mode.
Add initial usage in MarkBufferDirty().

Thomas Munro
2016-09-05 10:38:08 +01:00
Simon Riggs
35250b6ad7 New recovery target recovery_target_lsn
Michael Paquier
2016-09-03 17:48:01 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
ec136d19b2 Move code shared between libpq and backend from backend/libpq/ to common/.
When building libpq, ip.c and md5.c were symlinked or copied from
src/backend/libpq into src/interfaces/libpq, but now that we have a
directory specifically for routines that are shared between the server and
client binaries, src/common/, move them there.

Some routines in ip.c were only used in the backend. Keep those in
src/backend/libpq, but rename to ifaddr.c to avoid confusion with the file
that's now in common.

Fix the comment in src/common/Makefile to reflect how libpq actually links
those files.

There are two more files that libpq symlinks directly from src/backend:
encnames.c and wchar.c. I don't feel compelled to move those right now,
though.

Patch by Michael Paquier, with some changes by me.

Discussion: <69938195-9c76-8523-0af8-eb718ea5b36e@iki.fi>
2016-09-02 13:49:59 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
9f85784cae Support multiple iterators in the Red-Black Tree implementation.
While we don't need multiple iterators at the moment, the interface is
nicer and less dangerous this way.

Aleksander Alekseev, with some changes by me.
2016-09-02 08:39:39 +03:00
Tom Lane
6c03d981a6 Change API of ShmemAlloc() so it throws error rather than returning NULL.
A majority of callers seem to have believed that this was the API spec
already, because they omitted any check for a NULL result, and hence
would crash on an out-of-shared-memory failure.  The original proposal
was to just add such error checks everywhere, but that does nothing to
prevent similar omissions in future.  Instead, let's make ShmemAlloc()
throw the error (so we can remove the caller-side checks that do exist),
and introduce a new function ShmemAllocNoError() that has the previous
behavior of returning NULL, for the small number of callers that need
that and are prepared to do the right thing.  This also lets us remove
the rather wishy-washy behavior of printing a WARNING for out-of-shmem,
which never made much sense: either the caller has a strategy for
dealing with that, or it doesn't.  It's not ShmemAlloc's business to
decide whether a warning is appropriate.

The v10 release notes will need to call this out as a significant
source-code change.  It's likely that it will be a bug fix for
extension callers too, but if not, they'll need to change to using
ShmemAllocNoError().

This is nominally a bug fix, but the odds that it's fixing any live
bug are actually rather small, because in general the requests
being made by the unchecked callers were already accounted for in
determining the overall shmem size, so really they ought not fail.
Between that and the possible impact on extensions, no back-patch.

Discussion: <24843.1472563085@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-09-01 10:13:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
679226337a Remove no-longer-useful SSL-specific Port.count field.
Since we removed SSL renegotiation, there's no longer any reason to
keep track of the amount of data transferred over the link.

Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: <FEA7F89C-ECDF-4799-B789-2F8DDCBA467F@yesql.se>
2016-08-31 09:24:19 -04:00
Heikki Linnakangas
14cca1bf8e Use static inline functions for float <-> Datum conversions.
Now that we are OK with using static inline functions, we can use them
to avoid function call overhead of pass-by-val versions of Float4GetDatum,
DatumGetFloat8, and Float8GetDatum. Those functions are only a few CPU
instructions long, but they could not be written into macros previously,
because we need a local union variable for the conversion.

I kept the pass-by-ref versions as regular functions. They are very simple
too, but they call palloc() anyway, so shaving a few instructions from the
function call doesn't seem so important there.

Discussion: <dbb82a4a-2c15-ba27-dd0a-009d2aa72b77@iki.fi>
2016-08-31 16:00:28 +03:00
Robert Haas
530fb68e0f Update comments to reflect code rearrangement.
Commit f9143d102f falsified these.

KaiGai Kohei
2016-08-31 12:36:18 +05:30
Tom Lane
9daec77e16 Simplify correct use of simple_prompt().
The previous API for this function had it returning a malloc'd string.
That meant that callers had to check for NULL return, which few of them
were doing, and it also meant that callers had to remember to free()
the string later, which required extra logic in most cases.

Instead, make simple_prompt() write into a buffer supplied by the caller.
Anywhere that the maximum required input length is reasonably small,
which is almost all of the callers, we can just use a local or static
array as the buffer instead of dealing with malloc/free.

A fair number of callers used "pointer == NULL" as a proxy for "haven't
requested the password yet".  Maintaining the same behavior requires
adding a separate boolean flag for that, which adds back some of the
complexity we save by removing free()s.  Nonetheless, this nets out
at a small reduction in overall code size, and considerably less code
than we would have had if we'd added the missing NULL-return checks
everywhere they were needed.

In passing, clean up the API comment for simple_prompt() and get rid
of a very-unnecessary malloc/free in its Windows code path.

This is nominally a bug fix, but it does not seem worth back-patching,
because the actual risk of an OOM failure in any of these places seems
pretty tiny, and all of them are client-side not server-side anyway.

This patch is by me, but it owes a great deal to Michael Paquier
who identified the problem and drafted a patch for fixing it the
other way.

Discussion: <CAB7nPqRu07Ot6iht9i9KRfYLpDaF2ZuUv5y_+72uP23ZAGysRg@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-30 17:02:02 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
8e1e3f958f Split hash.h → hash_xlog.h
Since the hash AM is going to be revamped to have WAL, this is a good
opportunity to clean up the include file a little bit to avoid including
a lot of extra stuff in the future.

Author: Amit Kapila
2016-08-29 18:55:49 -03:00
Tom Lane
b899ccbb49 Fix stray reference to the old genbki.sh script.
Per Tomas Vondra.
2016-08-28 17:44:29 -04:00
Tom Lane
ea268cdc9a Add macros to make AllocSetContextCreate() calls simpler and safer.
I found that half a dozen (nearly 5%) of our AllocSetContextCreate calls
had typos in the context-sizing parameters.  While none of these led to
especially significant problems, they did create minor inefficiencies,
and it's now clear that expecting people to copy-and-paste those calls
accurately is not a great idea.  Let's reduce the risk of future errors
by introducing single macros that encapsulate the common use-cases.
Three such macros are enough to cover all but two special-purpose contexts;
those two calls can be left as-is, I think.

While this patch doesn't in itself improve matters for third-party
extensions, it doesn't break anything for them either, and they can
gradually adopt the simplified notation over time.

In passing, change TopMemoryContext to use the default allocation
parameters.  Formerly it could only be extended 8K at a time.  That was
probably reasonable when this code was written; but nowadays we create
many more contexts than we did then, so that it's not unusual to have a
couple hundred K in TopMemoryContext, even without considering various
dubious code that sticks other things there.  There seems no good reason
not to let it use growing blocks like most other contexts.

Back-patch to 9.6, mostly because that's still close enough to HEAD that
it's easy to do so, and keeping the branches in sync can be expected to
avoid some future back-patching pain.  The bugs fixed by these changes
don't seem to be significant enough to justify fixing them further back.

Discussion: <21072.1472321324@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-27 17:50:38 -04:00
Tom Lane
26fa446da6 Add a nonlocalized version of the severity field to client error messages.
This has been requested a few times, but the use-case for it was never
entirely clear.  The reason for adding it now is that transmission of
error reports from parallel workers fails when NLS is active, because
pq_parse_errornotice() wrongly assumes that the existing severity field
is nonlocalized.  There are other ways we could have fixed that, but the
other options were basically kluges, whereas this way provides something
that's at least arguably a useful feature along with the bug fix.

Per report from Jakob Egger.  Back-patch into 9.6, because otherwise
parallel query is essentially unusable in non-English locales.  The
problem exists in 9.5 as well, but we don't want to risk changing
on-the-wire behavior in 9.5 (even though the possibility of new error
fields is specifically called out in the protocol document).  It may
be sufficient to leave the issue unfixed in 9.5, given the very limited
usefulness of pq_parse_errornotice in that version.

Discussion: <A88E0006-13CB-49C6-95CC-1A77D717213C@eggerapps.at>
2016-08-26 16:20:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
2c00fad286 Fix improper repetition of previous results from a hashed aggregate.
ExecReScanAgg's check for whether it could re-use a previously calculated
hashtable neglected the possibility that the Agg node might reference
PARAM_EXEC Params that are not referenced by its input plan node.  That's
okay if the Params are in upper tlist or qual expressions; but if one
appears in aggregate input expressions, then the hashtable contents need
to be recomputed when the Param's value changes.

To avoid unnecessary performance degradation in the case of a Param that
isn't within an aggregate input, add logic to the planner to determine
which Params are within aggregate inputs.  This requires a new field in
struct Agg, but fortunately we never write plans to disk, so this isn't
an initdb-forcing change.

Per report from Jeevan Chalke.  This has been broken since forever,
so back-patch to all supported branches.

Andrew Gierth, with minor adjustments by me

Report: <CAM2+6=VY8ykfLT5Q8vb9B6EbeBk-NGuLbT6seaQ+Fq4zXvrDcA@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-24 14:38:12 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
5cd3864075 Remove unnecessary #include.
Accidentally added in 8b65cf4c5e.

Pointed out by Álvaro Herrera
2016-08-24 13:17:21 -05:00
Tom Lane
77e2906821 Create an SP-GiST opclass for inet/cidr.
This seems to offer significantly better search performance than the
existing GiST opclass for inet/cidr, at least on data with a wide mix
of network mask lengths.  (That may suggest that the data splitting
heuristics in the GiST opclass could be improved.)

Emre Hasegeli, with mostly-cosmetic adjustments by me

Discussion: <CAE2gYzxtth9qatW_OAqdOjykS0bxq7AYHLuyAQLPgT7H9ZU0Cw@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-23 15:16:30 -04:00
Robert Haas
0fda682e54 Extend dsm API with a new function dsm_unpin_segment.
If you have previously pinned a segment and decide that you don't
actually want to keep it around until shutdown, this new API lets you
remove the pin.  This is pretty trivial except on Windows, where it
requires closing the duplicate handle that was used to implement the
pin.

Thomas Munro and Amit Kapila, reviewed by Amit Kapila and by me.
2016-08-23 14:32:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
d2ddee63b4 Improve SP-GiST opclass API to better support unlabeled nodes.
Previously, the spgSplitTuple action could only create a new upper tuple
containing a single labeled node.  This made it useless for opclasses
that prefer to work with fixed sets of nodes (labeled or otherwise),
which meant that restrictive prefixes could not be used with such
node definitions.  Change the output field set for the choose() method
to allow it to specify any valid node set for the new upper tuple,
and to specify which of these nodes to place the modified lower tuple in.

In addition to its primary use for fixed node sets, this feature could
allow existing opclasses that use variable node sets to skip a separate
spgAddNode action when splitting a tuple, by setting up the node needed
for the incoming value as part of the spgSplitTuple action.  However, care
would have to be taken to add the extra node only when it would not make
the tuple bigger than before.  (spgAddNode can enlarge the tuple,
spgSplitTuple can't.)

This is a prerequisite for an upcoming SP-GiST inet opclass, but is
being committed separately to increase the visibility of the API change.

In passing, improve the documentation about the traverse-values feature
that was added by commit ccd6eb49a.

Emre Hasegeli, with cosmetic adjustments and documentation rework by me

Discussion: <CAE2gYzxtth9qatW_OAqdOjykS0bxq7AYHLuyAQLPgT7H9ZU0Cw@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-23 12:10:34 -04:00
Robert Haas
86f31695f3 Add txid_current_ifassigned().
Add a variant of txid_current() that returns NULL if no transaction ID
is assigned.  This version can be used even on a standby server,
although it will always return NULL since no transaction IDs can be
assigned during recovery.

Craig Ringer, per suggestion from Jim Nasby.  Reviewed by Petr Jelinek
and by me.
2016-08-23 10:30:52 -04:00
Tom Lane
7b405b3e04 Refactor some network.c code to create cidr_set_masklen_internal().
Merge several copies of "copy an inet value and adjust the mask length"
code to create a single, conveniently C-callable function.  This function
is exported for future use by inet SPGiST support, but it's good cleanup
anyway since we had three slightly-different-for-no-good-reason copies.

(Extracted from a larger patch, to separate new code from refactoring
of old code)

Emre Hasegeli
2016-08-23 09:39:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
8299471c37 Use LEFT JOINs in some system views in case referenced row doesn't exist.
In particular, left join to pg_authid so that rows in pg_stat_activity
don't disappear if the session's owning user has been dropped.
Also convert a few joins to pg_database to left joins, in the same spirit,
though that case might be harder to hit.  We were doing this in other
views already, so it was a bit inconsistent that these views didn't.

Oskari Saarenmaa, with some further tweaking by me

Discussion: <56E87CD8.60007@ohmu.fi>
2016-08-19 17:13:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
da1c91631e Speed up planner's scanning for parallel-query hazards.
We need to scan the whole parse tree for parallel-unsafe functions.
If there are none, we'll later need to determine whether particular
subtrees contain any parallel-restricted functions.  The previous coding
retained no knowledge from the first scan, even though this is very
wasteful in the common case where the query contains only parallel-safe
functions.  We can bypass all of the later scans by remembering that fact.
This provides a small but measurable speed improvement when the case
applies, and shouldn't cost anything when it doesn't.

Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas

Discussion: <3740.1471538387@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-19 14:03:13 -04:00
Tom Lane
a859e64003 Clean up another pre-ANSI-C-ism in regex code: get rid of pcolor typedef.
pcolor was used to represent function arguments that are nominally of
type color, but when using a pre-ANSI C compiler would be passed as the
promoted integer type.  We really don't need that anymore.
2016-08-19 13:31:10 -04:00
Tom Lane
6eefd2422e Remove typedef celt from the regex library, along with macro NOCELT.
The regex library used to have a notion of a "collating element" that was
distinct from a "character", but Henry Spencer never actually implemented
his planned support for multi-character collating elements, and the Tcl
crew ripped out most of the stubs for that years ago.  The only thing left
that distinguished the "celt" typedef from the "chr" typedef was that
"celt" was supposed to also be able to hold the not-a-character "NOCELT"
value.  However, NOCELT was not used anywhere after the MCCE stub removal
changes, which means there's no need for celt to be different from chr.
Removing the separate typedef simplifies matters and also removes a trap
for the unwary, in that celt is signed while chr may not be, so comparisons
could mean different things.  There's no bug there today because we
restrict CHR_MAX to be less than INT_MAX, but I think there may have been
such bugs before we did that, and there could be again if anyone ever
decides to fool with the range of chr.

This patch also removes assorted unnecessary casts to "chr" of values
that are already chrs.  Many of these seem to be leftover from days when
the code was compatible with pre-ANSI C.
2016-08-19 12:51:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
5697522d84 In plpgsql, don't try to convert int2vector or oidvector to expanded array.
These types are storage-compatible with real arrays, but they don't support
toasting, so of course they can't support expansion either.

Per bug #14289 from Michael Overmeyer.  Back-patch to 9.5 where expanded
arrays were introduced.

Report: <20160818174414.1529.37913@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
2016-08-18 14:49:08 -04:00
Andres Freund
07ef035129 Fix deletion of speculatively inserted TOAST on conflict
INSERT ..  ON CONFLICT runs a pre-check of the possible conflicting
constraints before performing the actual speculative insertion.  In case
the inserted tuple included TOASTed columns the ON CONFLICT condition
would be handled correctly in case the conflict was caught by the
pre-check, but if two transactions entered the speculative insertion
phase at the same time, one would have to re-try, and the code for
aborting a speculative insertion did not handle deleting the
speculatively inserted TOAST datums correctly.

TOAST deletion would fail with "ERROR: attempted to delete invisible
tuple" as we attempted to remove the TOAST tuples using
simple_heap_delete which reasoned that the given tuples should not be
visible to the command that wrote them.

This commit updates the heap_abort_speculative() function which aborts
the conflicting tuple to use itself, via toast_delete, for deleting
associated TOAST datums.  Like before, the inserted toast rows are not
marked as being speculative.

This commit also adds a isolationtester spec test, exercising the
relevant code path. Unfortunately 9.5 cannot handle two waiting
sessions, and thus cannot execute this test.

Reported-By: Viren Negi, Oskari Saarenmaa
Author: Oskari Saarenmaa, edited a bit by me
Bug: #14150
Discussion: <20160519123338.12513.20271@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Backpatch: 9.5, where ON CONFLICT was introduced
2016-08-17 17:03:36 -07:00
Tom Lane
cf9b0fea5f Implement regexp_match(), a simplified alternative to regexp_matches().
regexp_match() is like regexp_matches(), but it disallows the 'g' flag
and in consequence does not need to return a set.  Instead, it returns
a simple text array value, or NULL if there's no match.  Previously people
usually got that behavior with a sub-select, but this way is considerably
more efficient.

Documentation adjusted so that regexp_match() is presented first and then
regexp_matches() is introduced as a more complicated version.  This is
a bit historically revisionist but seems pedagogically better.

Still TODO: extend contrib/citext to support this function.

Emre Hasegeli, reviewed by David Johnston

Discussion: <CAE2gYzy42sna2ME_e3y1KLQ-4UBrB-eVF0SWn8QG39sQSeVhEw@mail.gmail.com>
2016-08-17 18:33:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
0bb51aa967 Improve parsetree representation of special functions such as CURRENT_DATE.
We implement a dozen or so parameterless functions that the SQL standard
defines special syntax for.  Up to now, that was done by converting them
into more or less ad-hoc constructs such as "'now'::text::date".  That's
messy for multiple reasons: it exposes what should be implementation
details to users, and performance is worse than it needs to be in several
cases.  To improve matters, invent a new expression node type
SQLValueFunction that can represent any of these parameterless functions.

Bump catversion because this changes stored parsetrees for rules.

Discussion: <30058.1463091294@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-16 20:33:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
7f61fd10ce Fix assorted places in psql to print version numbers >= 10 in new style.
This is somewhat cosmetic, since as long as you know what you are looking
at, "10.0" is a serviceable substitute for "10".  But there is a potential
for confusion between version numbers with minor numbers and those without
--- we don't want people asking "why is psql saying 10.0 when my server is
10.2".  Therefore, back-patch as far as practical, which turns out to be
9.3.  I could have redone the patch to use fprintf(stderr) in place of
psql_error(), but it seems more work than is warranted for branches that
will be EOL or nearly so by the time v10 comes out.

Although only psql seems to contain any code that needs this, I chose
to put the support function into fe_utils, since it seems likely we'll
need it in other client programs in future.  (In 9.3-9.5, use dumputils.c,
the predecessor of fe_utils/string_utils.c.)

In HEAD, also fix the backend code that whines about loadable-library
version mismatch.  I don't see much need to back-patch that.
2016-08-16 15:58:45 -04:00
Robert Haas
b25b6c9701 Once again allow LWLocks to be used within DSM segments.
Prior to commit 7882c3b0b9, it was
possible to use LWLocks within DSM segments, but that commit broke
this use case by switching from a doubly linked list to a circular
linked list.  Switch back, using a new bit of general infrastructure
for maintaining lists of PGPROCs.

Thomas Munro, reviewed by me.
2016-08-15 18:09:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
ca9112a424 Stamp HEAD as 10devel.
This is a good bit more complicated than the average new-version stamping
commit, because it includes various adjustments in pursuit of changing
from three-part to two-part version numbers.  It's likely some further
work will be needed around that change; but this is enough to get through
the regression tests, at least in Unix builds.

Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
2016-08-15 13:49:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
b5bce6c1ec Final pgindent + perltidy run for 9.6. 2016-08-15 13:42:51 -04:00
Tom Lane
9389fbd038 Remove bogus dependencies on NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION.
NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION is a purely arbitrary constraint on the precision
and scale you can write in a numeric typmod.  It might once have had
something to do with the allowed range of a typmod-less numeric value,
but at least since 9.1 we've allowed, and documented that we allowed,
any value that would physically fit in the numeric storage format;
which is something over 100000 decimal digits, not 1000.

Hence, get rid of numeric_in()'s use of NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION as a limit
on the allowed range of the exponent in scientific-format input.  That was
especially silly in view of the fact that you can enter larger numbers as
long as you don't use 'e' to do it.  Just constrain the value enough to
avoid localized overflow, and let make_result be the final arbiter of what
is too large.  Likewise adjust ecpg's equivalent of this code.

Also get rid of numeric_recv()'s use of NUMERIC_MAX_PRECISION to limit the
number of base-NBASE digits it would accept.  That created a dump/restore
hazard for binary COPY without doing anything useful; the wire-format
limit on number of digits (65535) is about as tight as we would want.

In HEAD, also get rid of pg_size_bytes()'s unnecessary intimacy with what
the numeric range limit is.  That code doesn't exist in the back branches.

Per gripe from Aravind Kumar.  Back-patch to all supported branches,
since they all contain the documentation claim about allowed range of
NUMERIC (cf commit cabf5d84b).

Discussion: <2895.1471195721@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-14 15:06:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
ed0097e4f9 Add SQL-accessible functions for inspecting index AM properties.
Per discussion, we should provide such functions to replace the lost
ability to discover AM properties by inspecting pg_am (cf commit
65c5fcd35).  The added functionality is also meant to displace any code
that was looking directly at pg_index.indoption, since we'd rather not
believe that the bit meanings in that field are part of any client API
contract.

As future-proofing, define the SQL API to not assume that properties that
are currently AM-wide or index-wide will remain so unless they logically
must be; instead, expose them only when inquiring about a specific index
or even specific index column.  Also provide the ability for an index
AM to override the behavior.

In passing, document pg_am.amtype, overlooked in commit 473b93287.

Andrew Gierth, with kibitzing by me and others

Discussion: <87mvl5on7n.fsf@news-spur.riddles.org.uk>
2016-08-13 18:31:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
67c08c0d70 Stamp 9.6beta4. 2016-08-08 16:25:04 -04:00
Noah Misch
fcd15f1358 Obstruct shell, SQL, and conninfo injection via database and role names.
Due to simplistic quoting and confusion of database names with conninfo
strings, roles with the CREATEDB or CREATEROLE option could escalate to
superuser privileges when a superuser next ran certain maintenance
commands.  The new coding rule for PQconnectdbParams() calls, documented
at conninfo_array_parse(), is to pass expand_dbname=true and wrap
literal database names in a trivial connection string.  Escape
zero-length values in appendConnStrVal().  Back-patch to 9.1 (all
supported versions).

Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier, and Noah Misch.  Reviewed by Peter
Eisentraut.  Reported by Nathan Bossart.

Security: CVE-2016-5424
2016-08-08 10:07:46 -04:00
Noah Misch
41f18f021a Promote pg_dumpall shell/connstr quoting functions to src/fe_utils.
Rename these newly-extern functions with terms more typical of their new
neighbors.  No functional changes; a subsequent commit will use them in
more places.  Back-patch to 9.1 (all supported versions).  Back branches
lack src/fe_utils, so instead rename the functions in place; the
subsequent commit will copy them into the other programs using them.

Security: CVE-2016-5424
2016-08-08 10:07:46 -04:00
Tom Lane
95bee941be Fix misestimation of n_distinct for a nearly-unique column with many nulls.
If ANALYZE found no repeated non-null entries in its sample, it set the
column's stadistinct value to -1.0, intending to indicate that the entries
are all distinct.  But what this value actually means is that the number
of distinct values is 100% of the table's rowcount, and thus it was
overestimating the number of distinct values by however many nulls there
are.  This could lead to very poor selectivity estimates, as for example
in a recent report from Andreas Joseph Krogh.  We should discount the
stadistinct value by whatever we've estimated the nulls fraction to be.
(That is what will happen if we choose to use a negative stadistinct for
a column that does have repeated entries, so this code path was just
inconsistent.)

In addition to fixing the stadistinct entries stored by several different
ANALYZE code paths, adjust the logic where get_variable_numdistinct()
forces an "all distinct" estimate on the basis of finding a relevant unique
index.  Unique indexes don't reject nulls, so there's no reason to assume
that the null fraction doesn't apply.

Back-patch to all supported branches.  Back-patching is a bit of a judgment
call, but this problem seems to affect only a few users (else we'd have
identified it long ago), and it's bad enough when it does happen that
destabilizing plan choices in a worse direction seems unlikely.

Patch by me, with documentation wording suggested by Dean Rasheed

Report: <VisenaEmail.26.df42f82acae38a58.156463942b8@tc7-visena>
Discussion: <16143.1470350371@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-07 18:52:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
9ee1cf04ab Fix TOAST access failure in RETURNING queries.
Discussion of commit 3e2f3c2e4 exposed a problem that is of longer
standing: since we don't detoast data while sticking it into a portal's
holdStore for PORTAL_ONE_RETURNING and PORTAL_UTIL_SELECT queries, and we
release the query's snapshot as soon as we're done loading the holdStore,
later readout of the holdStore can do TOAST fetches against data that can
no longer be seen by any of the session's live snapshots.  This means that
a concurrent VACUUM could remove the TOAST data before we can fetch it.
Commit 3e2f3c2e4 exposed the problem by showing that sometimes we had *no*
live snapshots while fetching TOAST data, but we'd be at risk anyway.

I believe this code was all right when written, because our management of a
session's exposed xmin was such that the TOAST references were safe until
end of transaction.  But that's no longer true now that we can advance or
clear our PGXACT.xmin intra-transaction.

To fix, copy the query's snapshot during FillPortalStore() and save it in
the Portal; release it only when the portal is dropped.  This essentially
implements a policy that we must hold a relevant snapshot whenever we
access potentially-toasted data.  We had already come to that conclusion
in other places, cf commits 08e261cbc9 and ec543db77b.

I'd have liked to add a regression test case for this, but I didn't see
a way to make one that's not unreasonably bloated; it seems to require
returning a toasted value to the client, and those will be big.

In passing, improve PortalRunUtility() so that it positively verifies
that its ending PopActiveSnapshot() call will pop the expected snapshot,
removing a rather shaky assumption about which utility commands might
do their own PopActiveSnapshot().  There's no known bug here, but now
that we're actively referencing the snapshot it's almost free to make
this code a bit more bulletproof.

We might want to consider back-patching something like this into older
branches, but it would be prudent to let it prove itself more in HEAD
beforehand.

Discussion: <87vazemeda.fsf@credativ.de>
2016-08-07 17:46:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
fc509cd824 Fix copy-and-pasteo in 81c766b3fd.
Report: <57A4E6DF.8070209@dunslane.net>
2016-08-05 16:21:38 -04:00
Robert Haas
81c766b3fd Change InitToastSnapshot to a macro.
tqual.h is included in some front-end compiles, and a static inline
breaks on buildfarm member castoroides.  Since the macro is never
referenced, it should dodge that problem, although this doesn't
seem like the cleanest way of hiding things from front-end compiles.

Report and review by Tom Lane; patch by me.
2016-08-05 11:58:03 -04:00
Robert Haas
3e2f3c2e42 Prevent "snapshot too old" from trying to return pruned TOAST tuples.
Previously, we tested for MVCC snapshots to see whether they were too
old, but not TOAST snapshots, which can lead to complaints about missing
TOAST chunks if those chunks are subject to early pruning.  Ideally,
the threshold lsn and timestamp for a TOAST snapshot would be that of
the corresponding MVCC snapshot, but since we have no way of deciding
which MVCC snapshot was used to fetch the TOAST pointer, use the oldest
active or registered snapshot instead.

Reported by Andres Freund, who also sketched out what the fix should
look like.  Patch by me, reviewed by Amit Kapila.
2016-08-03 16:50:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
a3c7a993d5 Make INSERT-from-multiple-VALUES-rows handle targetlist indirection better.
Previously, if an INSERT with multiple rows of VALUES had indirection
(array subscripting or field selection) in its target-columns list, the
parser handled that by applying transformAssignedExpr() to each element
of each VALUES row independently.  This led to having ArrayRef assignment
nodes or FieldStore nodes in each row of the VALUES RTE.  That works for
simple cases, but in bug #14265 Nuri Boardman points out that it fails
if there are multiple assignments to elements/fields of the same target
column.  For such cases to work, rewriteTargetListIU() has to nest the
ArrayRefs or FieldStores together to produce a single expression to be
assigned to the column.  But it failed to find them in the top-level
targetlist and issued an error about "multiple assignments to same column".

We could possibly fix this by teaching the rewriter to apply
rewriteTargetListIU to each VALUES row separately, but that would be messy
(it would change the output rowtype of the VALUES RTE, for example) and
inefficient.  Instead, let's fix the parser so that the VALUES RTE outputs
are just the user-specified values, cast to the right type if necessary,
and then the ArrayRefs or FieldStores are applied in the top-level
targetlist to Vars representing the RTE's outputs.  This is the same
parsetree representation already used for similar cases with INSERT/SELECT
syntax, so it allows simplifications in ruleutils.c, which no longer needs
to treat INSERT-from-multiple-VALUES as its own special case.

This implementation works by applying transformAssignedExpr to the VALUES
entries as before, and then stripping off any ArrayRefs or FieldStores it
adds.  With lots of VALUES rows it would be noticeably more efficient to
not add those nodes in the first place.  But that's just an optimization
not a bug fix, and there doesn't seem to be any good way to do it without
significant refactoring.  (A non-invasive answer would be to apply
transformAssignedExpr + stripping to just the first VALUES row, and then
just forcibly cast remaining rows to the same data types exposed in the
first row.  But this way would lead to different, not-INSERT-specific
errors being reported in casting failure cases, so it doesn't seem very
nice.)  So leave that for later; this patch at least isn't making the
per-row parsing work worse, and it does make the finished parsetree
smaller, saving rewriter and planner work.

Catversion bump because stored rules containing such INSERTs would need
to change.  Because of that, no back-patch, even though this is a very
long-standing bug.

Report: <20160727005725.7438.26021@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Discussion: <9578.1469645245@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-03 16:37:03 -04:00
Tom Lane
a5fe473ad7 Minor cleanup for access/transam/parallel.c.
ParallelMessagePending *must* be marked volatile, because it's set
by a signal handler.  On the other hand, it's pointless for
HandleParallelMessageInterrupt to save/restore errno; that must be,
and is, done at the outer level of the SIGUSR1 signal handler.

Calling CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() inside HandleParallelMessages, which itself
is called from CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(), seems both useless and hazardous.
The comment claiming that this is needed to handle the error queue going
away is certainly misguided, in any case.

Improve a couple of error message texts, and use
ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE to report loss of parallel worker
connection, since that's what's used in e.g. tqueue.c.  (Maybe it would be
worth inventing a dedicated ERRCODE for this type of failure?  But I do not
think ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR is appropriate.)

Minor stylistic cleanups.
2016-08-01 16:12:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
887feefe87 Don't CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS between WaitLatch and ResetLatch.
This coding pattern creates a race condition, because if an interesting
interrupt happens after we've checked InterruptPending but before we reset
our latch, the latch-setting done by the signal handler would get lost,
and then we might block at WaitLatch in the next iteration without ever
noticing the interrupt condition.  You can put the CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS
before WaitLatch or after ResetLatch, but not between them.

Aside from fixing the bugs, add some explanatory comments to latch.h
to perhaps forestall the next person from making the same mistake.

In HEAD, also replace gather_readnext's direct call of
HandleParallelMessages with CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS.  It does not seem clean
or useful for this one caller to bypass ProcessInterrupts and go straight
to HandleParallelMessages; not least because that fails to consider the
InterruptPending flag, resulting in useless work both here
(if InterruptPending isn't set) and in the next CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS call
(if it is).

This thinko seems to have been introduced in the initial coding of
storage/ipc/shm_mq.c (commit ec9037df2), and then blindly copied into all
the subsequent parallel-query support logic.  Back-patch relevant hunks
to 9.4 to extirpate the error everywhere.

Discussion: <1661.1469996911@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-08-01 15:13:53 -04:00
Fujii Masao
dd5eb805d5 Remove unused arguments from pg_replication_origin_xact_reset function.
The document specifies that pg_replication_origin_xact_reset function
doesn't have any argument variables. But previously it was actually
defined so as to have two argument variables, though they were not
used at all. That is, the pg_proc entry for that function was incorrect.
This patch fixes the pg_proc entry and removes those two arguments
from the function definition.

No back-patch because this change needs a catalog version bump
although the issue exists in 9.5 as well. Instead, a note about those
unused argument variables will be added to 9.5 document later.

Catalog version bumped due to the change of pg_proc.
2016-08-02 02:43:17 +09:00
Tom Lane
af33039317 Fix worst memory leaks in tqueue.c.
TupleQueueReaderNext() leaks like a sieve if it has to do any tuple
disassembly/reconstruction.  While we could try to clean up its allocations
piecemeal, it seems like a better idea just to insist that it should be run
in a short-lived memory context, so that any transient space goes away
automatically.  I chose to have nodeGather.c switch into its existing
per-tuple context before the call, rather than inventing a separate
context inside tqueue.c.

This is sufficient to stop all leakage in the simple case I exhibited
earlier today (see link below), but it does not deal with leaks induced
in more complex cases by tqueue.c's insistence on using TopMemoryContext
for data that it's not actually trying hard to keep track of.  That issue
is intertwined with another major source of inefficiency, namely failure
to cache lookup results across calls, so it seems best to deal with it
separately.

In passing, improve some comments, and modify gather_readnext's method for
deciding when it's visited all the readers so that it's more obviously
correct.  (I'm not actually convinced that the previous code *is*
correct in the case of a reader deletion; it certainly seems fragile.)

Discussion: <32763.1469821037@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-07-29 19:31:06 -04:00
Tom Lane
80b346c208 Fix pq_putmessage_noblock() to not block.
An evident copy-and-pasteo in commit 2bd9e412f broke the non-blocking
aspect of pq_putmessage_noblock(), causing it to behave identically to
pq_putmessage().  That function is nowadays used only in walsender.c,
so that the net effect was to cause walsenders to hang up waiting for
the receiver in situations where they should not.

Kyotaro Horiguchi

Patch: <20160728.185228.58375982.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-29 12:52:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
8d19d0e139 Teach parser to transform "x IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL" to a NullTest.
Now that we've nailed down the principle that NullTest with !argisrow
is fully equivalent to SQL's IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL, let's teach
the parser about it.  This produces a slightly more compact parse tree
and is much more amenable to optimization than a DistinctExpr, since
the planner knows a good deal about NullTest and next to nothing about
DistinctExpr.

I'm not sure that there are all that many queries in the wild that could
be improved by this, but at least one source of such cases is the patch
just made to postgres_fdw to emit IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL when
IS [NOT] NULL isn't semantically correct.

No back-patch, since to the extent that this does affect planning results,
it might be considered undesirable plan destabilization.
2016-07-28 17:23:13 -04:00
Tom Lane
9492cf86e4 Fix assorted fallout from IS [NOT] NULL patch.
Commits 4452000f3 et al established semantics for NullTest.argisrow that
are a bit different from its initial conception: rather than being merely
a cache of whether we've determined the input to have composite type,
the flag now has the further meaning that we should apply field-by-field
testing as per the standard's definition of IS [NOT] NULL.  If argisrow
is false and yet the input has composite type, the construct instead has
the semantics of IS [NOT] DISTINCT FROM NULL.  Update the comments in
primnodes.h to clarify this, and fix ruleutils.c and deparse.c to print
such cases correctly.  In the case of ruleutils.c, this merely results in
cosmetic changes in EXPLAIN output, since the case can't currently arise
in stored rules.  However, it represents a live bug for deparse.c, which
would formerly have sent a remote query that had semantics different
from the local behavior.  (From the user's standpoint, this means that
testing a remote nested-composite column for null-ness could have had
unexpected recursive behavior much like that fixed in 4452000f3.)

In a related but somewhat independent fix, make plancat.c set argisrow
to false in all NullTest expressions constructed to represent "attnotnull"
constructs.  Since attnotnull is actually enforced as a simple null-value
check, this is a more accurate representation of the semantics; we were
previously overpromising what it meant for composite columns, which might
possibly lead to incorrect planner optimizations.  (It seems that what the
SQL spec expects a NOT NULL constraint to mean is an IS NOT NULL test, so
arguably we are violating the spec and should fix attnotnull to do the
other thing.  If we ever do, this part should get reverted.)

Back-patch, same as the previous commit.

Discussion: <10682.1469566308@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-07-28 16:09:15 -04:00
Tom Lane
13bf801a25 Remove GetUserMappingId() and GetUserMappingById().
These functions were added in commits fbe5a3fb7 and a104a017f,
but commit 45639a052 removed their only callers.  Put the related
code in foreign.c back to the way it was in 9.5, to avoid pointless
cross-version diffs.

Etsuro Fujita

Patch: <d674a3f1-6b63-519c-ef3f-f3188ed6a178@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-22 11:32:23 -04:00
Tom Lane
b11e9bbc41 Stamp 9.6beta3. 2016-07-18 16:54:26 -04:00
Andres Freund
eca0f1db14 Clear all-frozen visibilitymap status when locking tuples.
Since a892234 & fd31cd265 the visibilitymap's freeze bit is used to
avoid vacuuming the whole relation in anti-wraparound vacuums. Doing so
correctly relies on not adding xids to the heap without also unsetting
the visibilitymap flag.  Tuple locking related code has not done so.

To allow selectively resetting all-frozen - to avoid pessimizing
heap_lock_tuple - allow to selectively reset the all-frozen with
visibilitymap_clear(). To avoid having to use
visibilitymap_get_status (e.g. via VM_ALL_FROZEN) inside a critical
section, have visibilitymap_clear() return whether any bits have been
reset.

There's a remaining issue (denoted by XXX): After the PageIsAllVisible()
check in heap_lock_tuple() and heap_lock_updated_tuple_rec() the page
status could theoretically change. Practically that currently seems
impossible, because updaters will hold a page level pin already.  Due to
the next beta coming up, it seems better to get the required WAL magic
bump done before resolving this issue.

The added flags field fields to xl_heap_lock and xl_heap_lock_updated
require bumping the WAL magic. Since there's already been a catversion
bump since the last beta, that's not an issue.

Reviewed-By: Robert Haas, Amit Kapila and Andres Freund
Author: Masahiko Sawada, heavily revised by Andres Freund
Discussion: CAEepm=3fWAbWryVW9swHyLTY4sXVf0xbLvXqOwUoDiNCx9mBjQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: -
2016-07-18 02:01:13 -07:00
Tom Lane
99dd8b05aa Advance PG_CONTROL_VERSION.
This should have been done in commit 73c986adde which added several
new fields to pg_control, and again in commit 5028f22f6e which
changed the CRC algorithm, but it wasn't.  It's far too late to fix it in
the 9.5 branch, but let's do so in 9.6, so that if a 9.6 postmaster is
started against a 9.4-era pg_control it will complain about a versioning
problem rather than a CRC failure.  We already forced initdb/pg_upgrade
for beta3, so there's no downside to doing this now.

Discussion: <7615.1468598094@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-07-16 12:49:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
45639a0525 Avoid invalidating all foreign-join cached plans when user mappings change.
We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved
should be accessed under different user mappings.  Previously we tried
to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the
resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the
pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans
containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping.
This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval
callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better
within that design.  Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user
mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same
checkAsUser value.  If they do, then they necessarily will use the same
user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one
that is.  Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any
plan invalidation.

This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign
table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view
and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping
would have applied.  We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress
more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving
both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as
the prevailing effective userID.  In that case, mark the plan as only
runnable by that userID.

The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific,
in order to support RLS.  It was a little confused though, in particular
lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just
the finished plan that's dependent on the userID.  Rearrange that code so
that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies
to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role
dependency.

Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the
original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign
join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a
foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic
cached plan that didn't use one.  It was agreed that the chance of winning
that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan
invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen.

In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in
postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to
leak into the committed tests.

This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the
previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that
span permissions contexts.

Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane

Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-15 17:23:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
1acf757255 Fix GiST index build for NaN values in geometric types.
GiST index build could go into an infinite loop when presented with boxes
(or points, circles or polygons) containing NaN component values.  This
happened essentially because the code assumed that x == x is true for any
"double" value x; but it's not true for NaNs.  The looping behavior was not
the only problem though: we also attempted to sort the items using simple
double comparisons.  Since NaNs violate the trichotomy law, qsort could
(in principle at least) get arbitrarily confused and mess up the sorting of
ordinary values as well as NaNs.  And we based splitting choices on box size
calculations that could produce NaNs, again resulting in undesirable
behavior.

To fix, replace all comparisons of doubles in this logic with
float8_cmp_internal, which is NaN-aware and is careful to sort NaNs
consistently, higher than any non-NaN.  Also rearrange the box size
calculation to not produce NaNs; instead it should produce an infinity
for a box with NaN on one side and not-NaN on the other.

I don't by any means claim that this solves all problems with NaNs in
geometric values, but it should at least make GiST index insertion work
reliably with such data.  It's likely that the index search side of things
still needs some work, and probably regular geometric operations too.
But with this patch we're laying down a convention for how such cases
ought to behave.

Per bug #14238 from Guang-Dih Lei.  Back-patch to 9.2; the code used before
commit 7f3bd86843 is quite different and doesn't lock up on my simple
test case, nor on the submitter's dataset.

Report: <20160708151747.1426.60150@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
Discussion: <28685.1468246504@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-07-14 18:45:59 -04:00
Tom Lane
4d042999f9 Print a given subplan only once in EXPLAIN.
We have, for a very long time, allowed the same subplan (same member of the
PlannedStmt.subplans list) to be referenced by more than one SubPlan node;
this avoids problems for cases such as subplans within an IndexScan's
indxqual and indxqualorig fields.  However, EXPLAIN had not gotten the memo
and would print each reference as though it were an independent identical
subplan.  To fix, track plan_ids of subplans we've printed and don't print
the same plan_id twice.  Per report from Pavel Stehule.

BTW: the particular case of IndexScan didn't cause visible duplication
in a plain EXPLAIN, only EXPLAIN ANALYZE, because in the former case we
short-circuit executor startup before the indxqual field is processed by
ExecInitExpr.  That seems like it could easily lead to other EXPLAIN
problems in future, but it's not clear how to avoid it without breaking
the "EXPLAIN a plan using hypothetical indexes" use-case.  For now I've
left that issue alone.

Although this is a longstanding bug, it's purely cosmetic (no great harm
is done by the repeat printout) and we haven't had field complaints before.
So I'm hesitant to back-patch it, especially since there is some small risk
of ABI problems due to the need to add a new field to ExplainState.

In passing, rearrange order of fields in ExplainState to be less random,
and update some obsolete comments about when/where to initialize them.

Report: <CAFj8pRAimq+NK-menjt+3J4-LFoodDD8Or6=Lc_stcFD+eD4DA@mail.gmail.com>
2016-07-11 18:14:29 -04:00
Fujii Masao
60d50769b7 Rename pg_stat_wal_receiver.conn_info to conninfo.
Per discussion on pgsql-hackers, conninfo is better as the column name
because it's more commonly used in PostgreSQL.

Catalog version bumped due to the change of pg_proc.

Author: Michael Paquier
2016-07-07 12:59:39 +09:00
Andres Freund
48bfeb244f Improve WritebackContextInit() comment and prototype argument names.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: CAD21AoBD=Of1OzL90Xx4Q-3j=-2q7=S87cs75HfutE=eCday2w@mail.gmail.com
2016-07-01 14:29:03 -07:00
Tom Lane
9e703987a8 Rethink the GetForeignUpperPaths API (again).
In the previous design, the GetForeignUpperPaths FDW callback hook was
called before we got around to labeling upper relations with the proper
consider_parallel flag; this meant that any upper paths created by an FDW
would be marked not-parallel-safe.  While that's probably just as well
right now, we aren't going to want it to be true forever.  Hence, abandon
the idea that FDWs should be allowed to inject upper paths before the core
code has gotten around to creating the relevant upper relation.  (Well,
actually they still can, but it's on their own heads how well it works.)
Instead, adopt the same API already designed for create_upper_paths_hook:
we call GetForeignUpperPaths after each upperrel has been created and
populated with the paths the core planner knows how to make.
2016-07-01 13:12:34 -04:00
Robert Haas
5ce5e4a12e Set consider_parallel correctly for upper planner rels.
Commit 3fc6e2d7f5 introduced new "upper"
RelOptInfo structures but didn't set consider_parallel for them
correctly, a point I completely missed when reviewing it.  Later,
commit e06a38965b made the situation
worse by doing it incorrectly for the grouping relation.  Try to
straighten all of that out.  Along the way, get rid of the annoying
wholePlanParallelSafe flag, which was only necessarily because of
the fact that upper planning stages didn't use paths at the time
that code was written.

The most important immediate impact of these changes is that
force_parallel_mode will provide useful test coverage in quite a few
more scenarios than it did previously, but it's also necessary
preparation for fixing some problems related to subqueries.

Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane.
2016-07-01 11:52:56 -04:00
Robert Haas
10c0558ffe Fix several mistakes around parallel workers and client_encoding.
Previously, workers sent data to the leader using the client encoding.
That mostly worked, but the leader the converted the data back to the
server encoding.  Since not all encoding conversions are reversible,
that could provoke failures.  Fix by using the database encoding for
all communication between worker and leader.

Also, while temporary changes to GUC settings, as from the SET clause
of a function, are in general OK for parallel query, changing
client_encoding this way inside of a parallel worker is not OK.
Previously, that would have confused the leader; with these changes,
it would not confuse the leader, but it wouldn't do anything either.
So refuse such changes in parallel workers.

Also, the previous code naively assumed that when it received a
NotifyResonse from the worker, it could pass that directly back to the
user.  But now that worker-to-leader communication always uses the
database encoding, that's clearly no longer correct - though,
actually, the old way was always broken for V2 clients.  So
disassemble and reconstitute the message instead.

Issues reported by Peter Eisentraut.  Patch by me, reviewed by
Peter Eisentraut.
2016-06-30 18:35:32 -04:00
Tom Lane
8ebb69f854 Fix some infelicities in EXPLAIN output for parallel query plans.
In non-text output formats, parallelized aggregates were reporting
"Partial" or "Finalize" as a field named "Operation", which might be all
right in the absence of any context --- but other plan node types use that
field to report SQL-visible semantics, such as Select/Insert/Update/Delete.
So that naming choice didn't seem good to me.  I changed it to "Partial
Mode".

Also, the field did not appear at all for a non-parallelized Agg plan node,
which is contrary to expectation in non-text formats.  We're notionally
producing objects that conform to a schema, so the set of fields for a
given node type and EXPLAIN mode should be well-defined.  I set it up to
fill in "Simple" in such cases.

Other fields that were added for parallel query, namely "Parallel Aware"
and Gather's "Single Copy", had not gotten the word on that point either.
Make them appear always in non-text output.

Also, the latter two fields were nominally producing boolean output, but
were getting it wrong, because bool values shouldn't be quoted in JSON or
YAML.  Somehow we'd not needed an ExplainPropertyBool formatting subroutine
before 9.6; but now we do, so invent it.

Discussion: <16002.1466972724@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-29 18:51:20 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
9ed551e0a4 Add conninfo to pg_stat_wal_receiver
Commit b1a9bad9e7 introduced a stats view to provide insight into the
running WAL receiver, but neglected to include the connection string in
it, as reported by Michaël Paquier.  This commit fixes that omission.
(Any security-sensitive information is not disclosed).

While at it, close the mild security hole that we were exposing the
password in the connection string in shared memory.  This isn't
user-accessible, but it still looks like a good idea to avoid having the
cleartext password in memory.

Author: Michaël Paquier, Álvaro Herrera
Review by: Vik Fearing

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAB7nPqStg4M561obo7ryZ5G+fUydG4v1Ajs1xZT1ujtu+woRag@mail.gmail.com
2016-06-29 16:57:17 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
b78364df18 Remove unused arguments in two GiST subroutines
These arguments became unused in commit 2c03216d83.  Noticed while
skimming code for unrelated development.

This is cosmetic, so no backpatch.
2016-06-28 16:01:13 -04:00
Tom Lane
874fe3aea1 Fix CREATE MATVIEW/CREATE TABLE AS ... WITH NO DATA to not plan the query.
Previously, these commands always planned the given query and went through
executor startup before deciding not to actually run the query if WITH NO
DATA is specified.  This behavior is problematic for pg_dump because it
may cause errors to be raised that we would rather not see before a
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW command is issued.  See for example bug #13907
from Marian Krucina.  This change is not sufficient to fix that particular
bug, because we also need to tweak pg_dump to issue the REFRESH later,
but it's a necessary step on the way.

A user-visible side effect of doing things this way is that the returned
command tag for WITH NO DATA cases will now be "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW"
or "CREATE TABLE AS", not "SELECT 0".  We could preserve the old behavior
but it would take more code, and arguably that was just an implementation
artifact not intended behavior anyhow.

In 9.5 and HEAD, also get rid of the static variable CreateAsReladdr, which
was trouble waiting to happen; there is not any prohibition on nested
CREATE commands.

Back-patch to 9.3 where CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW was introduced.

Michael Paquier and Tom Lane

Report: <20160202161407.2778.24659@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
2016-06-27 15:57:50 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
6734a1cacd Change predecence of phrase operator.
<-> operator now have higher predecence than & (AND) operator. This change
was motivated by unexpected difference of similar queries:
'a & b <-> c'::tsquery and 'b <-> c & a'. Before first query means
(a & b) <-> c and second one - '(b <-> c) & a', now phrase operator evaluates
first.

Per suggestion from Tom Lane 32260.1465402409@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-06-27 20:55:24 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
3dbbd0f02a Do not fallback to AND for FTS phrase operator.
If there is no positional information of lexemes then phrase operator will not
fallback to AND operator. This change makes needing to modify TS_execute()
interface, because somewhere (in indexes, for example) positional information
is unaccesible and in this cases we need to force fallback to AND.

Per discussion c19fcfec308e6ccd952cdde9e648b505@mail.gmail.com
2016-06-27 20:47:32 +03:00
Tom Lane
f1993038a4 Avoid making a separate pass over the query to check for partializability.
It's rather silly to make a separate pass over the tlist + HAVING qual,
and a separate set of visits to the syscache, when get_agg_clause_costs
already has all the required information in hand.  This nets out as less
code as well as fewer cycles.
2016-06-26 15:55:01 -04:00
Tom Lane
19e972d558 Rethink node-level representation of partial-aggregation modes.
The original coding had three separate booleans representing partial
aggregation behavior, which was confusing, unreadable, and error-prone,
not least because the booleans weren't always listed in the same order.
It was also inadequate for the allegedly-desirable future extension to
support intermediate partial aggregation, because we'd need separate
markers for serialization and deserialization in such a case.

Merge these bools into an enum "AggSplit" to provide symbolic names for
the supported operating modes (and document what those are).  By assigning
the values of the enum constants carefully, we can treat AggSplit values
as options bitmasks so that tests of what to do aren't noticeably more
expensive than before.

While at it, get rid of Aggref.aggoutputtype.  That's not needed since
commit 59a3795c2 got rid of setrefs.c's special-purpose Aggref comparison
code, and it likewise seemed more confusing than helpful.

Assorted comment cleanup as well (there's still more that I want to do
in that line).

catversion bump for change in Aggref node contents.  Should be the last
one for partial-aggregation changes.

Discussion: <29309.1466699160@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-26 14:33:38 -04:00
Tom Lane
59a3795c25 Simplify planner's final setup of Aggrefs for partial aggregation.
Commit e06a38965's original coding for constructing the execution-time
expression tree for a combining aggregate was rather messy, involving
duplicating quite a lot of code in setrefs.c so that it could inject
a nonstandard matching rule for Aggrefs.  Get rid of that in favor of
explicitly constructing a combining Aggref with a partial Aggref as input,
then allowing setref's normal matching logic to match the partial Aggref
to the output of the lower plan node and hence replace it with a Var.

In passing, rename and redocument make_partialgroup_input_target to have
some connection to what it actually does.
2016-06-26 12:08:12 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
e3ad3ffa68 Fix handling of multixacts predating pg_upgrade
After pg_upgrade, it is possible that some tuples' Xmax have multixacts
corresponding to the old installation; such multixacts cannot have
running members anymore.  In many code sites we already know not to read
them and clobber them silently, but at least when VACUUM tries to freeze
a multixact or determine whether one needs freezing, there's an attempt
to resolve it to its member transactions by calling GetMultiXactIdMembers,
and if the multixact value is "in the future" with regards to the
current valid multixact range, an error like this is raised:
    ERROR:  MultiXactId 123 has not been created yet -- apparent wraparound
and vacuuming fails.  Per discussion with Andrew Gierth, it is completely
bogus to try to resolve multixacts coming from before a pg_upgrade,
regardless of where they stand with regards to the current valid
multixact range.

It's possible to get from under this problem by doing SELECT FOR UPDATE
of the problem tuples, but if tables are large, this is slow and
tedious, so a more thorough solution is desirable.

To fix, we realize that multixacts in xmax created in 9.2 and previous
have a specific bit pattern that is never used in 9.3 and later (we
already knew this, per comments and infomask tests sprinkled in various
places, but we weren't leveraging this knowledge appropriately).
Whenever the infomask of the tuple matches that bit pattern, we just
ignore the multixact completely as if Xmax wasn't set; or, in the case
of tuple freezing, we act as if an unwanted value is set and clobber it
without decoding.  This guarantees that no errors will be raised, and
that the values will be progressively removed until all tables are
clean.  Most callers of GetMultiXactIdMembers are patched to recognize
directly that the value is a removable "empty" multixact and avoid
calling GetMultiXactIdMembers altogether.

To avoid changing the signature of GetMultiXactIdMembers() in back
branches, we keep the "allow_old" boolean flag but rename it to
"from_pgupgrade"; if the flag is true, we always return an empty set
instead of looking up the multixact.  (I suppose we could remove the
argument in the master branch, but I chose not to do so in this commit).

This was broken all along, but the error-facing message appeared first
because of commit 8e9a16ab8f and was partially fixed in a25c2b7c4d.
This fix, backpatched all the way back to 9.3, goes approximately in the
same direction as a25c2b7c4d but should cover all cases.

Bug analysis by Andrew Gierth and Álvaro Herrera.

A number of public reports match this bug:
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20140330040029.GY4582@tamriel.snowman.net
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/538F3D70.6080902@publicrelay.com
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/556439CF.7070109@pscs.co.uk
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/SG2PR06MB0760098A111C88E31BD4D96FB3540@SG2PR06MB0760.apcprd06.prod.outlook.com
  https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160615203829.5798.4594@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2016-06-24 18:29:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
8cf739de85 Fix building of large (bigger than shared_buffers) hash indexes.
When the index is predicted to need more than NBuffers buckets,
CREATE INDEX attempts to sort the index entries by hash key before
insertion, so as to reduce thrashing.  This code path got broken by
commit 9f03ca9151, which overlooked that _hash_form_tuple() is not
just an alias for index_form_tuple().  The index got built anyway, but
with garbage data, so that searches for pre-existing tuples always
failed.  Fix by refactoring to separate construction of the indexable
data from calling index_form_tuple().

Per bug #14210 from Daniel Newman.  Back-patch to 9.5 where the
bug was introduced.

Report: <20160623162507.17237.39471@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
2016-06-24 16:57:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
f8ace5477e Fix type-safety problem with parallel aggregate serial/deserialization.
The original specification for this called for the deserialization function
to have signature "deserialize(serialtype) returns transtype", which is a
security violation if transtype is INTERNAL (which it always would be in
practice) and serialtype is not (which ditto).  The patch blithely overrode
the opr_sanity check for that, which was sloppy-enough work in itself,
but the indisputable reason this cannot be allowed to stand is that CREATE
FUNCTION will reject such a signature and thus it'd be impossible for
extensions to create parallelizable aggregates.

The minimum fix to make the signature type-safe is to add a second, dummy
argument of type INTERNAL.  But to lock it down a bit more and make misuse
of INTERNAL-accepting functions less likely, let's get rid of the ability
to specify a "serialtype" for an aggregate and just say that the only
useful serialtype is BYTEA --- which, in practice, is the only interesting
value anyway, due to the usefulness of the send/recv infrastructure for
this purpose.  That means we only have to allow "serialize(internal)
returns bytea" and "deserialize(bytea, internal) returns internal" as
the signatures for these support functions.

In passing fix bogus signature of int4_avg_combine, which I found thanks
to adding an opr_sanity check on combinefunc signatures.

catversion bump due to removing pg_aggregate.aggserialtype and adjusting
signatures of assorted built-in functions.

David Rowley and Tom Lane

Discussion: <27247.1466185504@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-22 16:52:41 -04:00
Tom Lane
8b9d323cb9 Refactor planning of projection steps that don't need a Result plan node.
The original upper-planner-pathification design (commit 3fc6e2d7f5)
assumed that we could always determine during Path formation whether or not
we would need a Result plan node to perform projection of a targetlist.
That turns out not to work very well, though, because createplan.c still
has some responsibilities for choosing the specific target list associated
with sorting/grouping nodes (in particular it might choose to add resjunk
columns for sorting).  We might not ever refactor that --- doing so would
push more work into Path formation, which isn't attractive --- and we
certainly won't do so for 9.6.  So, while create_projection_path and
apply_projection_to_path can tell for sure what will happen if the subpath
is projection-capable, they can't tell for sure when it isn't.  This is at
least a latent bug in apply_projection_to_path, which might think it can
apply a target to a non-projecting node when the node will end up computing
something different.

Also, I'd tied the creation of a ProjectionPath node to whether or not a
Result is needed, but it turns out that we sometimes need a ProjectionPath
node anyway to avoid modifying a possibly-shared subpath node.  Callers had
to use create_projection_path for such cases, and we added code to them
that knew about the potential omission of a Result node and attempted to
adjust the cost estimates for that.  That was uncertainly correct and
definitely ugly/unmaintainable.

To fix, have create_projection_path explicitly check whether a Result
is needed and adjust its cost estimate accordingly, though it creates
a ProjectionPath in either case.  apply_projection_to_path is now mostly
just an optimized version that can avoid creating an extra Path node when
the input is known to not be shared with any other live path.  (There
is one case that create_projection_path doesn't handle, which is pushing
parallel-safe expressions below a Gather node.  We could make it do that
by duplicating the GatherPath, but there seems no need as yet.)

create_projection_plan still has to recheck the tlist-match condition,
which means that if the matching situation does get changed by createplan.c
then we'll have made a slightly incorrect cost estimate.  But there seems
no help for that in the near term, and I doubt it occurs often enough,
let alone would change planning decisions often enough, to be worth
stressing about.

I added a "dummypp" field to ProjectionPath to track whether
create_projection_path thinks a Result is needed.  This is not really
necessary as-committed because create_projection_plan doesn't look at the
flag; but it seems like a good idea to remember what we thought when
forming the cost estimate, if only for debugging purposes.

In passing, get rid of the target_parallel parameter added to
apply_projection_to_path by commit 54f5c5150.  I don't think that's a good
idea because it involves callers in what should be an internal decision,
and opens us up to missing optimization opportunities if callers think they
don't need to provide a valid flag, as most don't.  For the moment, this
just costs us an extra has_parallel_hazard call when planning a Gather.
If that starts to look expensive, I think a better solution would be to
teach PathTarget to carry/cache knowledge of parallel-safety of its
contents.
2016-06-21 18:38:20 -04:00
Tom Lane
936b62ddf2 Stamp 9.6beta2. 2016-06-20 16:23:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
100340e2dc Restore foreign-key-aware estimation of join relation sizes.
This patch provides a new implementation of the logic added by commit
137805f89 and later removed by 77ba61080.  It differs from the original
primarily in expending much less effort per joinrel in large queries,
which it accomplishes by doing most of the matching work once per query not
once per joinrel.  Hopefully, it's also less buggy and better commented.
The never-documented enable_fkey_estimates GUC remains gone.

There remains work to be done to make the selectivity estimates account
for nulls in FK referencing columns; but that was true of the original
patch as well.  We may be able to address this point later in beta.
In the meantime, any error should be in the direction of overestimating
rather than underestimating joinrel sizes, which seems like the direction
we want to err in.

Tomas Vondra and Tom Lane

Discussion: <31041.1465069446@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-18 15:22:34 -04:00
Tom Lane
915b703e16 Fix handling of argument and result datatypes for partial aggregation.
When doing partial aggregation, the args list of the upper (combining)
Aggref node is replaced by a Var representing the output of the partial
aggregation steps, which has either the aggregate's transition data type
or a serialized representation of that.  However, nodeAgg.c blindly
continued to use the args list as an indication of the user-level argument
types.  This broke resolution of polymorphic transition datatypes at
executor startup (though it accidentally failed to fail for the ANYARRAY
case, which is likely the only one anyone had tested).  Moreover, the
constructed FuncExpr passed to the finalfunc contained completely wrong
information, which would have led to bogus answers or crashes for any case
where the finalfunc examined that information (which is only likely to be
with polymorphic aggregates using a non-polymorphic transition type).

As an independent bug, apply_partialaggref_adjustment neglected to resolve
a polymorphic transition datatype before assigning it as the output type
of the lower-level Aggref node.  This again accidentally failed to fail
for ANYARRAY but would be unlikely to work in other cases.

To fix the first problem, record the user-level argument types in a
separate OID-list field of Aggref, and look to that rather than the args
list when asking what the argument types were.  (It turns out to be
convenient to include any "direct" arguments in this list too, although
those are not currently subject to being overwritten.)

Rather than adding yet another resolve_aggregate_transtype() call to fix
the second problem, add an aggtranstype field to Aggref, and store the
resolved transition type OID there when the planner first computes it.
(By doing this in the planner and not the parser, we can allow the
aggregate's transition type to change from time to time, although no DDL
support yet exists for that.)  This saves nothing of consequence for
simple non-polymorphic aggregates, but for polymorphic transition types
we save a catalog lookup during executor startup as well as several
planner lookups that are new in 9.6 due to parallel query planning.

In passing, fix an error that was introduced into count_agg_clauses_walker
some time ago: it was applying exprTypmod() to something that wasn't an
expression node at all, but a TargetEntry.  exprTypmod silently returned
-1 so that there was not an obvious failure, but this broke the intended
sensitivity of aggregate space consumption estimates to the typmod of
varchar and similar data types.  This part needs to be back-patched.

Catversion bump due to change of stored Aggref nodes.

Discussion: <8229.1466109074@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-17 21:44:37 -04:00
Robert Haas
71d05a2c7b pg_visibility: Add pg_truncate_visibility_map function.
This requires some core changes as well so that we can properly
WAL-log the truncation.  Specifically, it changes the format of the
XLOG_SMGR_TRUNCATE WAL record, so bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.

Patch by me, reviewed but not fully endorsed by Andres Freund.
2016-06-17 17:37:30 -04:00
Robert Haas
54f5c5150f Try again to fix the way the scanjoin_target is used with partial paths.
Commit 04ae11f62e removed some broken
code to apply the scan/join target to partial paths, but its theory
that this processing step is totally unnecessary turns out to be wrong.
Put similar code back again, but this time, check for parallel-safety
and avoid in-place modifications to paths that may already have been
used as part of some other path.

(This is not an entirely elegant solution to this problem; it might
be better, for example, to postpone generate_gather_paths for the
topmost scan/join rel until after the scan/join target has been
applied.  But this is not the time for such redesign work.)

Amit Kapila and Robert Haas
2016-06-17 16:29:07 -04:00
Robert Haas
ede62e56fb Add VACUUM (DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING) for emergencies.
If you really want to vacuum every single page in the relation,
regardless of apparent visibility status or anything else, you can use
this option.  In previous releases, this behavior could be achieved
using VACUUM (FREEZE), but because we can now recognize all-frozen
pages as not needing to be frozen again, that no longer works.  There
should be no need for routine use of this option, but maybe bugs or
disaster recovery will necessitate its use.

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund.
2016-06-17 15:48:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
75be66464c Invent min_parallel_relation_size GUC to replace a hard-wired constant.
The main point of doing this is to allow the cutoff to be set very small,
even zero, to allow parallel-query behavior to be tested on relatively
small tables such as we typically use in the regression tests.  But it
might be of use to users too.  The number-of-workers scaling behavior in
create_plain_partial_paths() is pretty ad-hoc and subject to change, so
we won't expose anything about that, but the notion of not considering
parallel query at all for tables below size X seems reasonably stable.

Amit Kapila, per a suggestion from me

Discussion: <17170.1465830165@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-16 13:47:20 -04:00
Robert Haas
38e9f90a22 Fix lazy_scan_heap so that it won't mark pages all-frozen too soon.
Commit a892234f83 added a new bit per
page to the visibility map fork indicating whether the page is
all-frozen, but incorrectly assumed that if lazy_scan_heap chose to
freeze a tuple then that tuple would not need to later be frozen
again. This turns out to be false, because xmin and xmax (and
conceivably xvac, if dealing with tuples from very old releases) could
be frozen at separate times.

Thanks to Andres Freund for help in uncovering and tracking down this
issue.
2016-06-15 14:30:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
c7a25c242f Mark some functions parallel-unsafe.
currtid() and currtid2() call GetLatestSnapshot(), which fails in
parallel mode.  pg_export_snapshot() calls ExportSnapshot() which
attempts to assign an XID for the current transaction if it does not
already have one; that, too, will fail in parallel mode.

Andreas Seltenreich
2016-06-15 11:40:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
89d53515e5 In planner.c, avoid assuming that all PathTargets have sortgrouprefs.
The struct definition for PathTarget specifies that a NULL sortgrouprefs
pointer means no sortgroupref labels.  While it's likely that there
should always be at least one labeled column in the places that were
unconditionally fetching through the pointer, it seems wiser to adhere to
the data structure specification and test first.  Add a macro to make this
convenient.  Per experimentation with running the regression tests with a
very small parallelization threshold --- the crash I observed may well
represent a bug elsewhere, but still this coding was not very robust.

Report: <20756.1465834072@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-06-13 12:59:25 -04:00
Andres Freund
4bc0f165cb Change default of backend_flush_after GUC to 0 (disabled).
While beneficial, both for throughput and average/worst case latency, in
a significant number of workloads, there are other workloads in which
backend_flush_after can cause significant performance regressions in
comparison to < 9.6 releases. The regression is most likely when the hot
data set is bigger than shared buffers, but significantly smaller than
the operating system's page cache.

I personally think that the benefit of enabling backend flush control is
considerably bigger than the potential downsides, but a fair argument
can be made that not regressing is more important than improving
performance/latency. As the latter is the consensus, change the default
to 0.

The other settings introduced in 428b1d6b2 do not have the same
potential for regressions, so leave them enabled.

Benchmarks leading up to changing the default have been performed by
Mithun Cy, Ashutosh Sharma and Robert Haas.

Discussion: CAD__OuhPmc6XH=wYRm_+Q657yQE88DakN4=Ybh2oveFasHkoeA@mail.gmail.com
2016-06-10 15:31:11 -07:00
Tom Lane
3303ea1a32 Remove reltarget_has_non_vars flag.
Commit b12fd41c6 added a "reltarget_has_non_vars" field to RelOptInfo,
but failed to maintain it accurately.  Since its only purpose was to skip
calls to has_parallel_hazard() in the simple case where a rel's targetlist
is all Vars, and that call is really pretty cheap in that case anyway, it
seems like this is just a case of premature optimization.  Let's drop the
flag and do the calls unconditionally until it's proven that we need more
smarts here.
2016-06-10 16:20:03 -04:00
Tom Lane
2f153ddfdd Refactor to reduce code duplication for function property checking.
As noted by Andres Freund, we'd accumulated quite a few similar functions
in clauses.c that examine all functions in an expression tree to see if
they satisfy some boolean test.  Reduce the duplication by inventing a
function check_functions_in_node() that applies a simple callback function
to each SQL function OID appearing in a given expression node.  This also
fixes some arguable oversights; for example, contain_mutable_functions()
did not check aggregate or window functions for mutability.  I doubt that
that represents a live bug at the moment, because we don't really consider
mutability for aggregates; but it might someday be one.

I chose to put check_functions_in_node() in nodeFuncs.c because it seemed
like other modules might wish to use it in future.  That in turn forced
moving set_opfuncid() et al into nodeFuncs.c, as the alternative was for
nodeFuncs.c to depend on optimizer/setrefs.c which didn't seem very clean.

In passing, teach contain_leaked_vars_walker() about a few more expression
node types it can safely look through, and improve the rather messy and
undercommented code in has_parallel_hazard_walker().

Discussion: <20160527185853.ziol2os2zskahl7v@alap3.anarazel.de>
2016-06-10 16:03:46 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
bf9a60ee33 Fix interaction between CREATE INDEX and "snapshot too old".
Since indexes are created without valid LSNs, an index created
while a snapshot older than old_snapshot_threshold existed could
cause queries to return incorrect results when those old snapshots
were used, if any relevant rows had been subject to early pruning
before the index was built.  Prevent usage of a newly created index
until all such snapshots are released, for relations where this can
happen.

Questions about the interaction of "snapshot too old" with index
creation were initially raised by Andres Freund.

Reviewed by Robert Haas.
2016-06-10 09:25:31 -05:00
Tom Lane
cae1c788b9 Improve the situation for parallel query versus temp relations.
Transmit the leader's temp-namespace state to workers.  This is important
because without it, the workers do not really have the same search path
as the leader.  For example, there is no good reason (and no extant code
either) to prevent a worker from executing a temp function that the
leader created previously; but as things stood it would fail to find the
temp function, and then either fail or execute the wrong function entirely.

We still prohibit a worker from creating a temp namespace on its own.
In effect, a worker can only see the session's temp namespace if the leader
had created it before starting the worker, which seems like the right
semantics.

Also, transmit the leader's BackendId to workers, and arrange for workers
to use that when determining the physical file path of a temp relation
belonging to their session.  While the original intent was to prevent such
accesses entirely, there were a number of holes in that, notably in places
like dbsize.c which assume they can safely access temp rels of other
sessions anyway.  We might as well get this right, as a small down payment
on someday allowing workers to access the leader's temp tables.  (With
this change, directly using "MyBackendId" as a relation or buffer backend
ID is deprecated; you should use BackendIdForTempRelations() instead.
I left a couple of such uses alone though, as they're not going to be
reachable in parallel workers until we do something about localbuf.c.)

Move the thou-shalt-not-access-thy-leader's-temp-tables prohibition down
into localbuf.c, which is where it actually matters, instead of having it
in relation_open().  This amounts to recognizing that access to temp
tables' catalog entries is perfectly safe in a worker, it's only the data
in local buffers that is problematic.

Having done all that, we can get rid of the test in has_parallel_hazard()
that says that use of a temp table's rowtype is unsafe in parallel workers.
That test was unduly expensive, and if we really did need such a
prohibition, that was not even close to being a bulletproof guard for it.
(For example, any user-defined function executed in a parallel worker
might have attempted such access.)
2016-06-09 20:16:11 -04:00
Robert Haas
4bc424b968 pgindent run for 9.6 2016-06-09 18:02:36 -04:00
Robert Haas
b12fd41c69 Don't generate parallel paths for rels with parallel-restricted outputs.
Such paths are unsafe.  To make it cheaper to detect when this case
applies, track whether a relation's default PathTarget contains any
non-Vars.  In most cases, the answer will be no, which enables us to
determine cheaply that the target list for a proposed path is
parallel-safe.  However, subquery pull-up can create cases that
require us to inspect the target list more carefully.

Amit Kapila, reviewed by me.
2016-06-09 12:43:36 -04:00
Tom Lane
7feb60c1bb Clarify documentation of ceil/ceiling/floor functions.
Document these as "nearest integer >= argument" and "nearest integer <=
argument", which will hopefully be less confusing than the old formulation.
New wording is from Matlab via Dean Rasheed.

I changed the pg_description entries as well as the SGML docs.  In the
back branches, this will only affect installations initdb'd in the future,
but it should be harmless otherwise.

Discussion: <CAEZATCW3yzJo-NMSiQs5jXNFbTsCEftZS-Og8=FvFdiU+kYuSA@mail.gmail.com>
2016-06-09 11:58:00 -04:00
Tom Lane
e4158319f3 Mop-up for parallel degree-ectomy.
Fix a couple of overlooked uses of "degree" terminology.  Make the parallel
worker count selection logic in create_plain_partial_paths more robust (in
particular, it failed with max_parallel_workers_per_gather set to zero).
2016-06-09 11:16:26 -04:00
Robert Haas
c9ce4a1c61 Eliminate "parallel degree" terminology.
This terminology provoked widespread complaints.  So, instead, rename
the GUC max_parallel_degree to max_parallel_workers_per_gather
(leaving room for a possible future GUC max_parallel_workers that acts
as a system-wide limit), and rename the parallel_degree reloption to
parallel_workers.  Rename structure members to match.

These changes create a dump/restore hazard for users of PostgreSQL
9.6beta1 who have set the reloption (or applied the GUC using ALTER
USER or ALTER DATABASE).
2016-06-09 10:00:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
77ba610805 Revert "Use Foreign Key relationships to infer multi-column join selectivity".
This commit reverts 137805f89 as well as the associated commits 015e88942,
5306df283, and 68d704edb.  We found multiple bugs in this feature, and
there was concern about possible planner slowdown (though to be fair,
exhibiting a very large slowdown proved difficult).  The way forward
requires a considerable rewrite, which may or may not be possible to
accomplish in time for beta2.  In my judgment reviewing the rewrite will
be easier to accomplish starting from a clean slate, so let's temporarily
revert what's there now.  This also leaves us in a safe state if it turns
out to be necessary to postpone the rewrite to the next development cycle.

Discussion: <20160429102531.GA13701@huehner.biz>
2016-06-07 17:21:17 -04:00
Tom Lane
f64340e743 Don't reset changes_since_analyze after a selective-columns ANALYZE.
If we ANALYZE only selected columns of a table, we should not postpone
auto-analyze because of that; other columns may well still need stats
updates.  As committed, the counter is left alone if a column list is
given, whether or not it includes all analyzable columns of the table.
Per complaint from Tomasz Ostrowski.

It's been like this a long time, so back-patch to all supported branches.

Report: <ef99c1bd-ff60-5f32-2733-c7b504eb960c@ato.waw.pl>
2016-06-06 17:44:17 -04:00
Robert Haas
c6dbf1fe79 Stop the executor if no more tuples can be sent from worker to leader.
If a Gather node has read as many tuples as it needs (for example, due
to Limit) it may detach the queue connecting it to the worker before
reading all of the worker's tuples.  Rather than let the worker
continue to generate and send all of the results, have it stop after
sending the next tuple.

More could be done here to stop the worker even quicker, but this is
about as well as we can hope to do for 9.6.

This is in response to a problem report from Andreas Seltenreich.
Commit 44339b892a should be actually be
sufficient to fix that example even without this change, but it seems
better to do this, too, since we might otherwise waste quite a large
amount of effort in one or more workers.

Discussion: CAA4eK1KOKGqmz9bGu+Z42qhRwMbm4R5rfnqsLCNqFs9j14jzEA@mail.gmail.com

Amit Kapila
2016-06-06 14:52:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
d50183c578 Inline the easy cases in MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly().
This attempts to buy back some of whatever performance we lost from fixing
bug #14174 by inlining the initial checks in MakeExpandedObjectReadOnly()
into the callers.  We can do that in a macro without creating multiple-
evaluation hazards, so it's pretty much free notationally; and the amount
of code added to callers should be minimal as well.  (Testing a value can't
take many more instructions than passing it to a subroutine.)

Might as well inline DatumIsReadWriteExpandedObject() while we're at it.

This is an ABI break for callers, so it doesn't seem safe to put into 9.5,
but I see no reason not to do it in HEAD.
2016-06-03 18:34:05 -04:00
Tom Lane
69f526aa49 Mark read/write expanded values as read-only in ExecProject().
If a plan node output expression returns an "expanded" datum, and that
output column is referenced in more than one place in upper-level plan
nodes, we need to ensure that what is returned is a read-only reference
not a read/write reference.  Otherwise one of the referencing sites could
scribble on or even delete the expanded datum before we have evaluated the
others.  Commit 1dc5ebc907, which introduced this feature, supposed
that it'd be sufficient to make SubqueryScan nodes force their output
columns to read-only state.  The folly of that was revealed by bug #14174
from Andrew Gierth, and really should have been immediately obvious
considering that the planner will happily optimize SubqueryScan nodes
out of the plan without any regard for this issue.

The safest fix seems to be to make ExecProject() force its results into
read-only state; that will cover every case where a plan node returns
expression results.  Actually we can delegate this to ExecTargetList()
since we can recursively assume that plain Vars will not reference
read-write datums.  That should keep the extra overhead down to something
minimal.  We no longer need ExecMakeSlotContentsReadOnly(), which was
introduced only in support of the idea that just a few plan node types
would need to do this.

In the future it would be nice to have the planner account for this problem
and inject force-to-read-only expression evaluation nodes into only the
places where there's a risk of multiple evaluation.  That's not a suitable
solution for 9.5 or even 9.6 at this point, though.

Report: <20160603124628.9932.41279@wrigleys.postgresql.org>
2016-06-03 15:14:50 -04:00
Robert Haas
cac8321970 Mark PostmasterPid as PGDLLIMPORT.
This is so that extensions can use it.

Michael Paquier
2016-06-03 14:06:35 -04:00
Greg Stark
e1623c3959 Fix various common mispellings.
Mostly these are just comments but there are a few in documentation
and a handful in code and tests. Hopefully this doesn't cause too much
unnecessary pain for backpatching. I relented from some of the most
common like "thru" for that reason. The rest don't seem numerous
enough to cause problems.

Thanks to Kevin Lyda's tool https://pypi.python.org/pypi/misspellings
2016-06-03 16:08:45 +01:00
Robert Haas
fdfaccfa79 Cosmetic improvements to freeze map code.
Per post-commit review comments from Andres Freund, improve variable
names, comments, and in one place, slightly improve the code structure.

Masahiko Sawada
2016-06-03 08:43:41 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
4edb7bd2fd C comment improvement & typo fix.
Thomas Munro
2016-06-02 12:52:41 -05:00
Tom Lane
22b27b4c9e Avoid useless closely-spaced writes of statistics files.
The original intent in the stats collector was that we should not write out
stats data oftener than every PGSTAT_STAT_INTERVAL msec.  Backends will not
make requests at all if they see the existing data is newer than that, and
the stats collector is supposed to disregard requests having a cutoff_time
older than its most recently written data, so that close-together requests
don't result in multiple writes.  But the latter part of that got broken
in commit 187492b6c2, so that if two backends concurrently decide
the existing stats are too old, the collector would write the data twice.
(In principle the collector's logic would still merge requests as long as
the second one arrives before we've actually written data ... but since
the message collection loop would write data immediately after processing
a single inquiry message, that never happened in practice, and in any case
the window in which it might work would be much shorter than
PGSTAT_STAT_INTERVAL.)

To fix, improve pgstat_recv_inquiry so that it checks whether the cutoff
time is too old, and doesn't add a request to the queue if so.  This means
that we do not need DBWriteRequest.request_time, because the decision is
taken before making a queue entry.  And that means that we don't really
need the DBWriteRequest data structure at all; an OID list of database
OIDs will serve and allow removal of some rather verbose and crufty code.

In passing, improve the comments in this area, which have been rather
neglected.  Also change backend_read_statsfile so that it's not silently
relying on MyDatabaseId to have some particular value in the autovacuum
launcher process.  It accidentally worked as desired because MyDatabaseId
is zero in that process; but that does not seem like a dependency we want,
especially with no documentation about it.

Although this patch is mine, it turns out I'd rediscovered a known bug,
for which Tomas Vondra had already submitted a patch that's functionally
equivalent to the non-cosmetic aspects of this patch.  Thanks to Tomas
for reviewing this version.

Back-patch to 9.3 where the bug was introduced.

Prior-Discussion: <1718942738eb65c8407fcd864883f4c8@fuzzy.cz>
Patch: <4625.1464202586@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-31 15:55:15 -04:00
Andres Freund
87a3023c60 Move memory barrier in UnlockBufHdr to before releasing the lock.
This bug appears to have been introduced late in the development of
48354581a4 ("Allow Pin/UnpinBuffer to operate in a lockfree
manner.").

Found while debugging a bug which turned out to be independent of the
commit mentioned above.

Backpatch: -
2016-05-30 15:35:53 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera
975ad4e602 Fix PageAddItem BRIN bug
BRIN was relying on the ability to remove a tuple from an index page,
then putting another tuple in the same line pointer.  But PageAddItem
refuses to add a tuple beyond the first free item past the last used
item, and in particular, it rejects an attempt to add an item to an
empty page anywhere other than the first line pointer.  PageAddItem
issues a WARNING and indicates to the caller that it failed, which in
turn causes the BRIN calling code to issue a PANIC, so the whole
sequence looks like this:
	WARNING:  specified item offset is too large
	PANIC:  failed to add BRIN tuple

To fix, create a new function PageAddItemExtended which is like
PageAddItem except that the two boolean arguments become a flags bitmap;
the "overwrite" and "is_heap" boolean flags in PageAddItem become
PAI_OVERWITE and PAI_IS_HEAP flags in the new function, and a new flag
PAI_ALLOW_FAR_OFFSET enables the behavior required by BRIN.
PageAddItem() retains its original signature, for compatibility with
third-party modules (other callers in core code are not modified,
either).

Also, in the belt-and-suspenders spirit, I added a new sanity check in
brinGetTupleForHeapBlock to raise an error if an TID found in the revmap
is not marked as live by the page header.  This causes it to react with
"ERROR: corrupted BRIN index" to the bug at hand, rather than a hard
crash.

Backpatch to 9.5.

Bug reported by Andreas Seltenreich as detected by his handy sqlsmith
fuzzer.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/87mvni77jh.fsf@elite.ansel.ydns.eu
2016-05-30 14:47:22 -04:00
Tom Lane
9dd4178cec Be more predictable about reporting "lock timeout" vs "statement timeout".
If both timeout indicators are set when we arrive at ProcessInterrupts,
we've historically just reported "lock timeout".  However, some buildfarm
members have been observed to fail isolationtester's timeouts test by
reporting "lock timeout" when the statement timeout was expected to fire
first.  The cause seems to be that the process is allowed to sleep longer
than expected (probably due to heavy machine load) so that the lock
timeout happens before we reach the point of reporting the error, and
then this arbitrary tiebreak rule does the wrong thing.  We can improve
matters by comparing the scheduled timeout times to decide which error
to report.

I had originally proposed greatly reducing the 1-second window between
the two timeouts in the test cases.  On reflection that is a bad idea,
at least for the case where the lock timeout is expected to fire first,
because that would assume that it takes negligible time to get from
statement start to the beginning of the lock wait.  Thus, this patch
doesn't completely remove the risk of test failures on slow machines.
Empirically, however, the case this handles is the one we are seeing
in the buildfarm.  The explanation may be that the other case requires
the scheduler to take the CPU away from a busy process, whereas the
case fixed here only requires the scheduler to not give the CPU back
right away to a process that has been woken from a multi-second sleep
(and, perhaps, has been swapped out meanwhile).

Back-patch to 9.3 where the isolationtester timeouts test was added.

Discussion: <8693.1464314819@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-27 10:40:20 -04:00
Tom Lane
f5e7b2f910 Mark wal_level as PGDLLIMPORT.
Per buildfarm, this is needed to allow extensions to use XLogIsNeeded()
in Windows builds.
2016-05-24 22:48:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
465e09da63 Add support for more extensive testing of raw_expression_tree_walker().
If RAW_EXPRESSION_COVERAGE_TEST is defined, do a no-op tree walk over
every basic DML statement submitted to parse analysis.  If we'd had this
in place earlier, bug #14153 would have been caught by buildfarm testing.
The difficulty is that raw_expression_tree_walker() is only used in
limited cases involving CTEs (particularly recursive ones), so it's
very easy for an oversight in it to not be noticed during testing of a
seemingly-unrelated feature.

The type of error we can expect to catch with this is complete omission
of a node type from raw_expression_tree_walker(), and perhaps also
recursion into a field that doesn't contain a node tree, though that
would be an unlikely mistake.  It won't catch failure to add new fields
that need to be recursed into, unfortunately.

I'll go enable this on one or two of my own buildfarm animals once
bug #14153 is dealt with.

Discussion: <27861.1464040417@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-23 19:08:26 -04:00
Tom Lane
8a4930e3fa Fix latent crash in do_text_output_multiline().
do_text_output_multiline() would fail (typically with a null pointer
dereference crash) if its input string did not end with a newline.  Such
cases do not arise in our current sources; but it certainly could happen
in future, or in extension code's usage of the function, so we should fix
it.  To fix, replace "eol += len" with "eol = text + len".

While at it, make two cosmetic improvements: mark the input string const,
and rename the argument from "text" to "txt" to dodge pgindent strangeness
(since "text" is a typedef name).

Even though this problem is only latent at present, it seems like a good
idea to back-patch the fix, since it's a very simple/safe patch and it's
not out of the realm of possibility that we might in future back-patch
something that expects sane behavior from do_text_output_multiline().

Per report from Hao Lee.

Report: <CAGoxFiFPAGyPAJLcFxTB5cGhTW2yOVBDYeqDugYwV4dEd1L_Ag@mail.gmail.com>
2016-05-23 14:16:40 -04:00
Tom Lane
16ea51a263 Pin the built-in index access methods.
This was overlooked in commit 473b93287, which introduced DROP ACCESS
METHOD.  Although that command is restricted to superusers, we don't want
even superusers dropping the built-in methods; "DROP ACCESS METHOD btree"
in particular is unrecoverable from.  Pin these objects in the same way
that other initdb-created objects are pinned.

I chose to bump catversion for this fix.  That's not absolutely necessary
perhaps, but it will ensure that no 9.6 production systems are missing
the pin entries.
2016-05-19 14:40:02 -04:00
Tom Lane
8ee29a19d6 Stamp 9.6beta1. 2016-05-09 16:47:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
1a2c17f8e2 Fix pg_upgrade to not fail when new-cluster TOAST rules differ from old.
This patch essentially reverts commit 4c6780fd17, in favor of a much
simpler solution for the case where the new cluster would choose to create
a TOAST table but the old cluster doesn't have one: just don't create a
TOAST table.

The existing code failed in at least two different ways if the situation
arose: (1) ALTER TABLE RESET didn't grab an exclusive lock, so that the
lock sanity check in create_toast_table failed; (2) pg_upgrade did not
provide a pg_type OID for the new toast table, so that the crosscheck in
TypeCreate failed.  While both these problems were introduced by later
patches, they show that the hack being used to cause TOAST table creation
is overwhelmingly fragile (and untested).  I also note that before the
TypeCreate crosscheck was added, the code would have resulted in assigning
an indeterminate pg_type OID to the toast table, possibly causing a later
OID conflict in that catalog; so that it didn't really work even when
committed.

If we simply don't create a TOAST table, there will only be a problem if
the code tries to store a tuple that's wider than a page, and field
compression isn't sufficient to get it under a page.  Given that the TOAST
creation threshold is intended to be about a quarter of a page, it's very
hard to believe that cross-version differences in the do-we-need-a-toast-
table heuristic could result in an observable problem.  So let's just
follow the old version's conclusion about whether a TOAST table is needed.

(If we ever do change needs_toast_table() so much that this conclusion
doesn't apply, we can devise a solution at that time, and hopefully do
it in a less klugy way than 4c6780fd17 did.)

Back-patch to 9.3, like the previous patch.

Discussion: <8110.1462291671@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-06 22:05:56 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
2cc41acd8f Fix hash index vs "snapshot too old" problemms
Hash indexes are not WAL-logged, and so do not maintain the LSN of
index pages.  Since the "snapshot too old" feature counts on
detecting error conditions using the LSN of a table and all indexes
on it, this makes it impossible to safely do early vacuuming on any
table with a hash index, so add this to the tests for whether the
xid used to vacuum a table can be adjusted based on
old_snapshot_threshold.

While at it, add a paragraph to the docs for old_snapshot_threshold
which specifically mentions this and other aspects of the feature
which may otherwise surprise users.

Problem reported and patch reviewed by Amit Kapila
2016-05-06 07:47:12 -05:00
Dean Rasheed
93a8c6fd6c Move and rename fmtReloptionsArray().
Move fmtReloptionsArray() from pg_dump.c to string_utils.c so that it
is available to other frontend code. In particular psql's \ev and \sv
commands need it to handle view reloptions. Also rename the function
to appendReloptionsArray(), which is a more accurate description of
what it does.

Author: Dean Rasheed
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAEZATCWZjCgKRyM-agE0p8ax15j9uyQoF=qew7D2xB6cF76T8A@mail.gmail.com
2016-05-06 12:45:36 +01:00
Tom Lane
0b9a234432 Rename tsvector delete() to ts_delete(), and filter() to ts_filter().
The similarity of the original names to SQL keywords seems like a bad
idea.  Rename them before we're stuck with 'em forever.

In passing, minor code and docs cleanup.

Discussion: <4875.1462210058@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-05-05 19:43:32 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
c1543a81a7 Revert timeline following in replication slots
This reverts commits f07d18b6e9, 82c83b3372, 3a3b309041, and
24c5f1a103.

This feature has shown enough immaturity that it was deemed better to
rip it out before rushing some more fixes at the last minute.  There are
discussions on larger changes in this area for the next release.
2016-05-04 17:32:22 -03:00
Robert Haas
9888b34fdb Fix more things to be parallel-safe.
Conversion functions were previously marked as parallel-unsafe, since
that is the default, but in fact they are safe.  Parallel-safe
functions defined in pg_proc.h and redefined in system_views.sql were
ending up as parallel-unsafe because the redeclarations were not
marked PARALLEL SAFE.  While editing system_views.sql, mark ts_debug()
parallel safe also.

Andreas Karlsson
2016-05-03 14:36:38 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
6b60916829 Fix thinko in comment
Pointed out by Andres Freund
2016-05-02 16:46:42 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
234a266066 Fix code comments regarding logical decoding
Back in 3b02ea4f07 I added some comments in various places to explain
how logical decoding and other things worked.  Not all of the changes
were welcome, because they were misleading or wrong.  This changes them
a little bit to make them more accurate.

Some other comments are also changed to be more accurate.  Also, fix a
bunch of typos.

Author: Álvaro Herrera, Craig Ringer

Andres Freund reviewed some parts of this.
2016-05-02 16:04:29 -03:00
Robert Haas
37d0c2cb1a Fix parallel safety markings for pg_start_backup.
Commit 7117685461 made pg_start_backup
parallel-restricted rather than parallel-safe, because it now relies
on backend-private state that won't be synchronized with the parallel
worker.  However, it didn't update pg_proc.h.  Separately, Andreas
Karlsson observed that system_views.sql neglected to reiterate the
parallel-safety markings whe redefining various functions, including
this one; so add a PARALLEL RESTRICTED declaration there to match
the new value in pg_proc.h.
2016-05-02 10:42:34 -04:00
Tom Lane
207d5a656e Fix mishandling of equivalence-class tests in parameterized plans.
Given a three-or-more-way equivalence class, such as X.Y = Y.Y = Z.Z,
it was possible for the planner to omit one of the quals needed to
enforce that all members of the equivalence class are actually equal.
This only happened in the case of a parameterized join node for two
of the relations, that is a plan tree like

	Nested Loop
	  ->  Scan X
	  ->  Nested Loop
	    ->  Scan Y
	    ->  Scan Z
	          Filter: Z.Z = X.X

The eclass machinery normally expects to apply X.X = Y.Y when those
two relations are joined, but in this shape of plan tree they aren't
joined until the top node --- and, if the lower nested loop is marked
as parameterized by X, the top node will assume that the relevant eclass
condition(s) got pushed down into the lower node.  On the other hand,
the scan of Z assumes that it's only responsible for constraining Z.Z
to match any one of the other eclass members.  So one or another of
the required quals sometimes fell between the cracks, depending on
whether consideration of the eclass in get_joinrel_parampathinfo()
for the lower nested loop chanced to generate X.X = Y.Y or X.X = Z.Z
as the appropriate constraint there.  If it generated the latter,
it'd erroneously suppose that the Z scan would take care of matters.
To fix, force X.X = Y.Y to be generated and applied at that join node
when this case occurs.

This is *extremely* hard to hit in practice, because various planner
behaviors conspire to mask the problem; starting with the fact that the
planner doesn't really like to generate a parameterized plan of the
above shape.  (It might have been impossible to hit it before we
tweaked things to allow this plan shape for star-schema cases.)  Many
thanks to Alexander Kirkouski for submitting a reproducible test case.

The bug can be demonstrated in all branches back to 9.2 where parameterized
paths were introduced, so back-patch that far.
2016-04-29 20:19:38 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
7c3e8039f4 Add a few entries to the tail of time mapping, to see old values.
Without a few entries beyond old_snapshot_threshold, the lookup
would often fail, resulting in the more aggressive pruning or
vacuum being skipped often enough to matter.  This was very clearly
shown by a python test script posted by Ants Aasma, and was likely
a factor in an earlier but somewhat less clear-cut test case posted
by Jeff Janes.

This patch makes no change to the logic, per se -- it just makes
the array of mapping entries big enough to make lookup misses based
on timing much less likely.  An occasional miss is still possible
if a thread stalls for more than 10 minutes, but that does not
create any problem with correctness of behavior.  Besides, if
things are so busy that a thread is stalling for more than 10
minutes, it is probably OK to skip the more aggressive cleanup at
that particular point in time.
2016-04-29 16:46:08 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
d34e7b2812 Fix comment whitespace in VS2105 patch
per gripe from Michael Paquier.
2016-04-29 14:18:51 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
a03bda323b Fix typo
Author: Thomas Munro
2016-04-29 16:15:07 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
0fb54de9aa Support building with Visual Studio 2015
Adjust the way we detect the locale. As a result the minumum Windows
version supported by VS2015 and later is Windows Vista. Add some tweaks
to remove new compiler warnings. Remove documentation references to the
now obsolete msysGit.

Michael Paquier, somewhat edited by me, reviewed by Christian Ullrich.

Backpatch to 9.5
2016-04-29 08:09:07 -04:00
Tom Lane
23b09e15b9 Adjust DatumGetBool macro, this time for sure.
Commit 23a41573c attempted to fix the DatumGetBool macro to ignore bits
in a Datum that are to the left of the actual bool value.  But it did that
by casting the Datum to bool; and on compilers that use C99 semantics for
bool, that ends up being a whole-word test, not a 1-byte test.  This seems
to be the true explanation for contrib/seg failing in VS2015.  To fix, use
GET_1_BYTE() explicitly.  I think in the previous patch, I'd had some idea
of not having to commit to bool being exactly 1 byte wide, but regardless
of what the compiler's bool is, boolean columns and Datums are certainly
1 byte wide.

The previous fix was (eventually) back-patched into all active versions,
so do likewise with this one.
2016-04-28 11:50:58 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
f8467f7da8 Prevent to use magic constants
Use macroses for definition amstrategies/amsupport fields instead of
hardcoded values.

Author: Nikolay Shaplov with addition for contrib/bloom
2016-04-28 16:39:25 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
e2c79e14d9 Prevent multiple cleanup process for pending list in GIN.
Previously, ginInsertCleanup could exit early if it detects that someone else
is cleaning up the pending list, without waiting for that someone else to
finish the job. But in this case vacuum could miss tuples to be deleted.

Cleanup process now locks metapage with a help of heavyweight
LockPage(ExclusiveLock), and it guarantees that there is no another cleanup
process at the same time. Lock is taken differently depending on caller of
cleanup process: any vacuums and gin_clean_pending_list() will be blocked
until lock becomes available, ordinary insert uses conditional lock to
prevent indefinite waiting on lock.

Insert into pending list doesn't use this lock, so insertion isn't blocked.

Also, patch adds stopping of cleanup process when at-start-cleanup-tail is
reached in order to prevent infinite cleanup in case of massive insertion. But
it will stop only for automatic maintenance tasks like autovacuum.

Patch introduces choice of limit of memory to use: autovacuum_work_mem,
maintenance_work_mem or work_mem depending on call path.

Patch for previous releases should be reworked due to changes between 9.6 and
previous ones in this area.

Discover and diagnostics by Jeff Janes and Tomas Vondra

Patch by me with some ideas of Jeff Janes
2016-04-28 16:21:42 +03:00
Tom Lane
4c804fbdfb Clean up parsing of synchronous_standby_names GUC variable.
Commit 989be0810d added a flex/bison lexer/parser to interpret
synchronous_standby_names.  It was done in a pretty crufty way, though,
making assorted end-use sites responsible for calling the parser at the
right times.  That was not only vulnerable to errors of omission, but made
it possible that lexer/parser errors occur at very undesirable times,
and created memory leakages even if there was no error.

Instead, perform the parsing once during check_synchronous_standby_names
and let guc.c manage the resulting data.  To do that, we have to flatten
the parsed representation into a single hunk of malloc'd memory, but that
is not very hard.

While at it, work a little harder on making useful error reports for
parsing problems; the previous code felt that "synchronous_standby_names
parser returned 1" was an appropriate user-facing error message.  (To
be fair, it did also log a syntax error message, but separately from the
GUC problem report, which is at best confusing.)  It had some outright
bugs in the face of invalid input, too.

I (tgl) also concluded that we need to restrict unquoted names in
synchronous_standby_names to be just SQL identifiers.  The previous coding
would accept darn near anything, which (1) makes the quoting convention
both nearly-unnecessary and formally ambiguous, (2) makes it very hard to
understand what is a syntax error and what is a creative interpretation of
the input as a standby name, and (3) makes it impossible to further extend
the syntax in future without a compatibility break.  I presume that we're
intending future extensions of the syntax, else this parsing infrastructure
is massive overkill, so (3) is an important objection.  Since we've taken
a compatibility hit for non-identifier names with this change anyway, we
might as well lock things down now and insist that users use double quotes
for standby names that aren't identifiers.

Kyotaro Horiguchi and Tom Lane
2016-04-27 17:55:25 -04:00
Robert Haas
360ca27a9b Remove mergeHyperLogLog.
It's buggy.  If somebody needs this later, they'll need to put back
a non-buggy vesion of it.

Discussion: CAM3SWZT-i6R9JU5YXa8MJUou2_r3LfGJZpQ9tYa1BYxfkj0=cQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: CAM3SWZRUOLsYoTT83QgdUy9D8ehYWm_nvbrrfcOOzikiRfFY7g@mail.gmail.com

Peter Geoghegan
2016-04-27 10:55:32 -04:00
Robert Haas
59eb551279 Fix EXPLAIN VERBOSE output for parallel aggregate.
The way that PartialAggregate and FinalizeAggregate plan nodes were
displaying output columns before was bogus.  Now, FinalizeAggregate
produces the same outputs as an Aggregate would have produced, while
PartialAggregate produces each of those outputs prefixed by the word
PARTIAL.

Discussion: 12585.1460737650@sss.pgh.pa.us

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley.
2016-04-27 07:37:40 -04:00
Andres Freund
c6ff84b06a Emit invalidations to standby for transactions without xid.
So far, when a transaction with pending invalidations, but without an
assigned xid, committed, we simply ignored those invalidation
messages. That's problematic, because those are actually sent for a
reason.

Known symptoms of this include that existing sessions on a hot-standby
replica sometimes fail to notice new concurrently built indexes and
visibility map updates.

The solution is to WAL log such invalidations in transactions without an
xid. We considered to alternatively force-assign an xid, but that'd be
problematic for vacuum, which might be run in systems with few xids.

Important: This adds a new WAL record, but as the patch has to be
back-patched, we can't bump the WAL page magic. This means that standbys
have to be updated before primaries; otherwise
"PANIC: standby_redo: unknown op code 32" errors can be encountered.

XXX:

Reported-By: Васильев Дмитрий, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion:
    CAB-SwXY6oH=9twBkXJtgR4UC1NqT-vpYAtxCseME62ADwyK5OA@mail.gmail.com
    CAD21AoDpZ6Xjg=gFrGPnSn4oTRRcwK1EBrWCq9OqOHuAcMMC=w@mail.gmail.com
2016-04-26 20:21:54 -07:00
Noah Misch
213c7df033 Impose a full barrier in generic-xlc.h atomics functions.
pg_atomic_compare_exchange_*_impl() were providing only the semantics of
an acquire barrier.  Buildfarm members hornet and mandrill revealed this
deficit beginning with commit 008608b9d5.
While we have no report of symptoms in 9.5, we can't rule out the
possibility of certain compilers, hardware, or extension code relying on
these functions' specified barrier semantics.  Back-patch to 9.5, where
commit b64d92f1a5 introduced atomics.

Reviewed by Andres Freund.
2016-04-26 21:53:58 -04:00
Tom Lane
125ad539a2 Improve TranslateSocketError() to handle more Windows error codes.
The coverage was rather lean for cases that bind() or listen() might
return.  Add entries for everything that there's a direct equivalent
for in the set of Unix errnos that elog.c has heard of.
2016-04-21 16:58:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
e54528155a Remove dead code in win32.h.
There's no longer a need for the MSVC-version-specific code stanza that
forcibly redefines errno code symbols, because since commit 73838b52 we're
unconditionally redefining them in the stanza before this one anyway.
Now it's merely confusing and ugly, so get rid of it; and improve the
comment that explains what's going on here.

Although this is just cosmetic, back-patch anyway since I'm intending
to back-patch some less-cosmetic changes in this same hunk of code.
2016-04-21 16:16:19 -04:00
Tom Lane
14216649f3 PGDLLIMPORT-ify old_snapshot_threshold.
Revert commit 7cb1db1d95, which represented
a misunderstanding of the problem (if snapmgr.h weren't already included
in bufmgr.h, things wouldn't compile anywhere).  Instead install what
I think is the real fix.
2016-04-21 14:33:34 -04:00
Robert Haas
36f69faeff Comment improvements for ForeignPath.
It's not necessarily just scanning a base relation any more.

Amit Langote and Etsuro Fujita
2016-04-21 13:30:48 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
11e178d0dc Inline initial comparisons in TestForOldSnapshot()
Even with old_snapshot_threshold = -1 (which disables the "snapshot
too old" feature), performance regressions were seen at moderate to
high concurrency.  For example, a one-socket, four-core system
running 200 connections at saturation could see up to a 2.3%
regression, with larger regressions possible on NUMA machines.
By inlining the early (smaller, faster) tests in the
TestForOldSnapshot() function, the i7 case dropped to a 0.2%
regression, which could easily just be noise, and is clearly an
improvement.  Further testing will show whether more is needed.
2016-04-21 08:40:08 -05:00
Tom Lane
bde361fef5 Fix memory leak and other bugs in ginPlaceToPage() & subroutines.
Commit 36a35c550a turned the interface between ginPlaceToPage and
its subroutines in gindatapage.c and ginentrypage.c into a royal mess:
page-update critical sections were started in one place and finished in
another place not even in the same file, and the very same subroutine
might return having started a critical section or not.  Subsequent patches
band-aided over some of the problems with this design by making things
even messier.

One user-visible resulting problem is memory leaks caused by the need for
the subroutines to allocate storage that would survive until ginPlaceToPage
calls XLogInsert (as reported by Julien Rouhaud).  This would not typically
be noticeable during retail index updates.  It could be visible in a GIN
index build, in the form of memory consumption swelling to several times
the commanded maintenance_work_mem.

Another rather nasty problem is that in the internal-page-splitting code
path, we would clear the child page's GIN_INCOMPLETE_SPLIT flag well before
entering the critical section that it's supposed to be cleared in; a
failure in between would leave the index in a corrupt state.  There were
also assorted coding-rule violations with little immediate consequence but
possible long-term hazards, such as beginning an XLogInsert sequence before
entering a critical section, or calling elog(DEBUG) inside a critical
section.

To fix, redefine the API between ginPlaceToPage() and its subroutines
by splitting the subroutines into two parts.  The "beginPlaceToPage"
subroutine does what can be done outside a critical section, including
full computation of the result pages into temporary storage when we're
going to split the target page.  The "execPlaceToPage" subroutine is called
within a critical section established by ginPlaceToPage(), and it handles
the actual page update in the non-split code path.  The critical section,
as well as the XLOG insertion call sequence, are both now always started
and finished in ginPlaceToPage().  Also, make ginPlaceToPage() create and
work in a short-lived memory context to eliminate the leakage problem.
(Since a short-lived memory context had been getting created in the most
common code path in the subroutines, this shouldn't cause any noticeable
performance penalty; we're just moving the overhead up one call level.)

In passing, fix a bunch of comments that had gone unmaintained throughout
all this klugery.

Report: <571276DD.5050303@dalibo.com>
2016-04-20 14:25:15 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
a343e223a5 Revert no-op changes to BufferGetPage()
The reverted changes were intended to force a choice of whether any
newly-added BufferGetPage() calls needed to be accompanied by a
test of the snapshot age, to support the "snapshot too old"
feature.  Such an accompanying test is needed in about 7% of the
cases, where the page is being used as part of a scan rather than
positioning for other purposes (such as DML or vacuuming).  The
additional effort required for back-patching, and the doubt whether
the intended benefit would really be there, have indicated it is
best just to rely on developers to do the right thing based on
comments and existing usage, as we do with many other conventions.

This change should have little or no effect on generated executable
code.

Motivated by the back-patching pain of Tom Lane and Robert Haas
2016-04-20 08:31:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
75c24d0f74 Further reduce the number of semaphores used under --disable-spinlocks.
Per discussion, there doesn't seem to be much value in having
NUM_SPINLOCK_SEMAPHORES set to 1024: under any scenario where you are
running more than a few backends concurrently, you really had better have a
real spinlock implementation if you want tolerable performance.  And 1024
semaphores is a sizable fraction of the system-wide SysV semaphore limit
on many platforms.  Therefore, reduce this setting's default value to 128
to make it less likely to cause out-of-semaphores problems.
2016-04-18 13:33:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
5702277ca9 Tweak EXPLAIN for parallel query to show workers launched.
The previous display was sort of confusing, because it didn't
distinguish between the number of workers that we planned to launch
and the number that actually got launched.  This has already confused
several people, so display both numbers and label them clearly.

Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by me.
2016-04-15 11:52:18 -04:00
Tom Lane
6b85d4ba9b Fix portability problem induced by commit a6f6b7819.
pg_xlogdump includes bufmgr.h.  With a compiler that emits code for
static inline functions even when they're unreferenced, that leads
to unresolved external references in the new static-inline version
of BufferGetPage().  So hide it with #ifndef FRONTEND, as we've done
for similar issues elsewhere.  Per buildfarm member pademelon.
2016-04-15 10:44:28 -04:00
Andres Freund
4b74c6a40e Make init_spin_delay() C89 compliant #2.
My previous attempt at doing so, in 80abbeba23, was not sufficient. While that
fixed the problem for bufmgr.c and lwlock.c , s_lock.c still has non-constant
expressions in the struct initializer, because the file/line/function
information comes from the caller of s_lock().

Give up on using a macro, and use a static inline instead.

Discussion: 4369.1460435533@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-04-14 19:26:13 -07:00
Andres Freund
533cd2303a Remove trailing commas in enums.
These aren't valid C89. Found thanks to gcc's -Wc90-c99-compat. These
exist in differing places in most supported branches.
2016-04-14 19:25:16 -07:00
Tom Lane
c2dc194bdb Adjust signature of walrcv_receive hook.
Commit 314cbfc5da redefined the signature of this hook as
typedef int (*walrcv_receive_type) (char **buffer, int *wait_fd);

But in fact the type of the "wait_fd" variable ought to be pgsocket,
which is what WaitLatchOrSocket expects, and which is necessary if
we want to be able to assign PGINVALID_SOCKET to it on Windows.
So fix that.
2016-04-14 13:49:37 -04:00
Tom Lane
22989a8e34 Fix prototype of pgwin32_bind().
I (tgl) had copied-and-pasted this from pgwin32_accept(), failing to
notice that the third parameter should be "int" not "int *".

David Rowley
2016-04-14 09:44:21 -04:00
Andres Freund
be65eddd80 Add required database and origin filtering for logical messages.
Logical messages, added in 3fe3511d05, during decoding failed to filter
messages emitted in other databases and messages emitted "under" a
replication origin the output plugin isn't interested in.

Add tests to verify that both types of filtering actually work. While
touching message.sql remove hunk obsoleted by d25379e.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because xl_logical_message changed and because
3fe3511d05 had omitted doing so. 3fe3511d05 additionally didn't bump
catversion, but 7a542700d has done so since.

Author: Petr Jelinek
Reported-By: Andres Freund
Discussion: 20160406142513.wotqy3ba3kanr423@alap3.anarazel.de
2016-04-13 17:38:54 -07:00
Andres Freund
80abbeba23 Make init_spin_delay() C89 compliant and change stuck spinlock reporting.
The current definition of init_spin_delay (introduced recently in
48354581a) wasn't C89 compliant. It's not legal to refer to refer to
non-constant expressions, and the ptr argument was one.  This, as
reported by Tom, lead to a failure on buildfarm animal pademelon.

The pointer, especially on system systems with ASLR, isn't super helpful
anyway, though. So instead of making init_spin_delay into an inline
function, make s_lock_stuck() report the function name in addition to
file:line and change init_spin_delay() accordingly. While not a direct
replacement, the function name is likely more useful anyway (line
numbers are often hard to interpret in third party reports).

This also fixes what file/line number is reported for waits via
s_lock().

As PG_FUNCNAME_MACRO is now used outside of elog.h, move it to c.h.

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: 4369.1460435533@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-04-13 17:00:53 -07:00
Andres Freund
6b93fcd149 Avoid atomic operation in MarkLocalBufferDirty().
The recent patch to make Pin/UnpinBuffer lockfree in the hot
path (48354581a), accidentally used pg_atomic_fetch_or_u32() in
MarkLocalBufferDirty(). Other code operating on local buffers was
careful to only use pg_atomic_read/write_u32 which just read/write from
memory; to avoid unnecessary overhead.

On its own that'd just make MarkLocalBufferDirty() slightly less
efficient, but in addition InitLocalBuffers() doesn't call
pg_atomic_init_u32() - thus the spinlock fallback for the atomic
operations isn't initialized. That in turn caused, as reported by Tom,
buildfarm animal gaur to fail.  As those errors are actually useful
against this type of error, continue to omit - intentionally this time -
initialization of the atomic variable.

In addition, add an explicit note about only using pg_atomic_read/write
on local buffers's state to BufferDesc's description.

Reported-By: Tom Lane
Discussion: 1881.1460431476@sss.pgh.pa.us
2016-04-13 15:28:29 -07:00
Tom Lane
95ef43c430 Widen amount-to-flush arguments of FileWriteback and callers.
It's silly to define these counts as narrower than they might someday
need to be.  Also, I believe that the BLCKSZ * nflush calculation in
mdwriteback was capable of overflowing an int.
2016-04-13 18:12:06 -04:00
Tom Lane
d1b7d4877b Provide errno-translation wrappers around bind() and listen() on Windows.
I've seen one too many "could not bind IPv4 socket: No error" log entries
from the Windows buildfarm members.  Per previous discussion, this is
likely caused by the fact that we're doing nothing to translate
WSAGetLastError() to errno.  Put in a wrapper layer to do that.

If this works as expected, it should get back-patched, but let's see what
happens in the buildfarm first.

Discussion: <4065.1452450340@sss.pgh.pa.us>
2016-04-12 19:52:21 -04:00
Robert Haas
deb71fa971 Fix costing for parallel aggregation.
The original patch kind of ignored the fact that we were doing something
different from a costing point of view, but nobody noticed.  This patch
fixes that oversight.

David Rowley
2016-04-12 16:25:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
f1f01de145 Redefine create_upper_paths_hook as being invoked once per upper relation.
Per discussion, this gives potential users of the hook more flexibility,
because they can build custom Paths that implement only one stage of
upper processing atop core-provided Paths for earlier stages.
2016-04-12 15:23:14 -04:00
Tom Lane
5713f03973 Improve API of GenericXLogRegister().
Rename this function to GenericXLogRegisterBuffer() to make it clearer
what it does, and leave room for other sorts of "register" actions in
future.  Also, replace its "bool isNew" argument with an integer flags
argument, so as to allow adding more flags in future without an API
break.

Alexander Korotkov, adjusted slightly by me
2016-04-12 11:42:06 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
a6f6b78196 Use static inline function for BufferGetPage()
I was initially concerned that the some of the hundreds of
references to BufferGetPage() where the literal
BGP_NO_SNAPSHOT_TEST were passed might not optimize as well as a
macro, leading to some hard-to-find performance regressions in
corner cases.  Inspection of disassembled code has shown identical
code at all inspected locations, and the size difference doesn't
amount to even one byte per such call.  So make it readable.

Per gripes from Álvaro Herrera and Tom Lane
2016-04-11 16:47:50 -05:00
Andres Freund
008608b9d5 Avoid the use of a separate spinlock to protect a LWLock's wait queue.
Previously we used a spinlock, in adition to the atomically manipulated
->state field, to protect the wait queue. But it's pretty simple to
instead perform the locking using a flag in state.

Due to 6150a1b0 BufferDescs, on platforms (like PPC) with > 1 byte
spinlocks, increased their size above 64byte. As 64 bytes are the size
we pad allocated BufferDescs to, this can increase false sharing;
causing performance problems in turn. Together with the previous commit
this reduces the size to <= 64 bytes on all common platforms.

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: CAA4eK1+ZeB8PMwwktf+3bRS0Pt4Ux6Rs6Aom0uip8c6shJWmyg@mail.gmail.com
    20160327121858.zrmrjegmji2ymnvr@alap3.anarazel.de
2016-04-10 20:12:32 -07:00
Andres Freund
48354581a4 Allow Pin/UnpinBuffer to operate in a lockfree manner.
Pinning/Unpinning a buffer is a very frequent operation; especially in
read-mostly cache resident workloads. Benchmarking shows that in various
scenarios the spinlock protecting a buffer header's state becomes a
significant bottleneck. The problem can be reproduced with pgbench -S on
larger machines, but can be considerably worse for queries which touch
the same buffers over and over at a high frequency (e.g. nested loops
over a small inner table).

To allow atomic operations to be used, cram BufferDesc's flags,
usage_count, buf_hdr_lock, refcount into a single 32bit atomic variable;
that allows to manipulate them together using 32bit compare-and-swap
operations. This requires reducing MAX_BACKENDS to 2^18-1 (which could
be lifted by using a 64bit field, but it's not a realistic configuration
atm).

As not all operations can easily implemented in a lockfree manner,
implement the previous buf_hdr_lock via a flag bit in the atomic
variable. That way we can continue to lock the header in places where
it's needed, but can get away without acquiring it in the more frequent
hot-paths.  There's some additional operations which can be done without
the lock, but aren't in this patch; but the most important places are
covered.

As bufmgr.c now essentially re-implements spinlocks, abstract the delay
logic from s_lock.c into something more generic. It now has already two
users, and more are coming up; there's a follupw patch for lwlock.c at
least.

This patch is based on a proof-of-concept written by me, which Alexander
Korotkov made into a fully working patch; the committed version is again
revised by me.  Benchmarking and testing has, amongst others, been
provided by Dilip Kumar, Alexander Korotkov, Robert Haas.

On a large x86 system improvements for readonly pgbench, with a high
client count, of a factor of 8 have been observed.

Author: Alexander Korotkov and Andres Freund
Discussion: 2400449.GjM57CE0Yg@dinodell
2016-04-10 20:12:32 -07:00
Tom Lane
08e785436f Get rid of GenericXLogUnregister().
This routine is unsafe as implemented, because it invalidates the page
image pointers returned by previous GenericXLogRegister() calls.

Rather than complicate the API or the implementation to avoid that,
let's just get rid of it; the use-case for having it seems much
too thin to justify a lot of work here.

While at it, do some wordsmithing on the SGML docs for generic WAL.
2016-04-09 16:39:30 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
381200be4b Fix typo in C comment. 2016-04-09 09:07:42 -05:00
Kevin Grittner
56dffb5a73 Turn special page pointer validation to static inline function
Inclusion of multiple macros inside another macro was pushing MSVC
past its size liimit.  Reported by buildfarm.
2016-04-09 08:17:22 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
c09b18f21c Support \crosstabview in psql
\crosstabview is a completely different way to display results from a
query: instead of a vertical display of rows, the data values are placed
in a grid where the column and row headers come from the data itself,
similar to a spreadsheet.

The sort order of the horizontal header can be specified by using
another column in the query, and the vertical header determines its
ordering from the order in which they appear in the query.

This only allows displaying a single value in each cell.  If more than
one value correspond to the same cell, an error is thrown.  Merging of
values can be done in the query itself, if necessary.  This may be
revisited in the future.

Author: Daniel Verité
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule, Dean Rasheed
2016-04-08 20:23:18 -03:00
Andres Freund
c1ddd2361f Expose more out/readfuncs support functions.
Previously bcac23d exposed a subset of support functions, namely the
ones Kaigai found useful. In
20160304193704.elq773pyg5fyl3mi@alap3.anarazel.de I mentioned that
there's some functions missing to use the facility in an external
project.

To avoid having to add functions piecemeal, add all the functions which
are used to define READ_* and WRITE_* macros; users of the extensible
node functionality are likely to need these. Additionally expose
outDatum(), which doesn't have it's own WRITE_ macro, as it needs
information from the embedding struct.

Discussion: 20160304193704.elq773pyg5fyl3mi@alap3.anarazel.de
2016-04-08 14:26:36 -07:00
Stephen Frost
7a542700df Create default roles
This creates an initial set of default roles which administrators may
use to grant access to, historically, superuser-only functions.  Using
these roles instead of granting superuser access reduces the number of
superuser roles required for a system.  Documention for each of the
default roles has been added to user-manag.sgml.

Bump catversion to 201604082, as we had a commit that bumped it to
201604081 and another that set it back to 201604071...

Reviews by José Luis Tallón and Robert Haas
2016-04-08 16:56:27 -04:00
Stephen Frost
293007898d Reserve the "pg_" namespace for roles
This will prevent users from creating roles which begin with "pg_" and
will check for those roles before allowing an upgrade using pg_upgrade.

This will allow for default roles to be provided at initdb time.

Reviews by José Luis Tallón and Robert Haas
2016-04-08 16:56:27 -04:00
Kevin Grittner
848ef42bb8 Add the "snapshot too old" feature
This feature is controlled by a new old_snapshot_threshold GUC.  A
value of -1 disables the feature, and that is the default.  The
value of 0 is just intended for testing.  Above that it is the
number of minutes a snapshot can reach before pruning and vacuum
are allowed to remove dead tuples which the snapshot would
otherwise protect.  The xmin associated with a transaction ID does
still protect dead tuples.  A connection which is using an "old"
snapshot does not get an error unless it accesses a page modified
recently enough that it might not be able to produce accurate
results.

This is similar to the Oracle feature, and we use the same SQLSTATE
and error message for compatibility.
2016-04-08 14:36:30 -05:00
Kevin Grittner
8b65cf4c5e Modify BufferGetPage() to prepare for "snapshot too old" feature
This patch is a no-op patch which is intended to reduce the chances
of failures of omission once the functional part of the "snapshot
too old" patch goes in.  It adds parameters for snapshot, relation,
and an enum to specify whether the snapshot age check needs to be
done for the page at this point.  This initial patch passes NULL
for the first two new parameters and BGP_NO_SNAPSHOT_TEST for the
third.  The follow-on patch will change the places where the test
needs to be made.
2016-04-08 14:30:10 -05:00
Teodor Sigaev
8b99edefca Revert CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING ...
It's not ready yet, revert two commits
690c543550 - unstable test output
386e3d7609 - patch itself
2016-04-08 21:52:13 +03:00
Magnus Hagander
35e2e357cb Add authentication parameters compat_realm and upn_usename for SSPI
These parameters are available for SSPI authentication only, to make
it possible to make it behave more like "normal gssapi", while
making it possible to maintain compatibility.

compat_realm is on by default, but can be turned off to make the
authentication use the full Kerberos realm instead of the NetBIOS name.

upn_username is off by default, and can be turned on to return the users
Kerberos UPN rather than the SAM-compatible name (a user in Active
Directory can have both a legacy SAM-compatible username and a new
Kerberos one. Normally they are the same, but not always)

Author: Christian Ullrich
Reviewed by: Robbie Harwood, Alvaro Herrera, me
2016-04-08 20:28:38 +02:00
Tom Lane
34c33a1f00 Add BSD authentication method.
Create a "bsd" auth method that works the same as "password" so far as
clients are concerned, but calls the BSD Authentication service to
check the password.  This is currently only available on OpenBSD.

Marisa Emerson, reviewed by Thomas Munro
2016-04-08 13:52:06 -04:00
Robert Haas
af025eed53 Add combine functions for various floating-point aggregates.
This allows parallel aggregation to use them.  It may seem surprising
that we use float8_combine for both float4_accum and float8_accum
transition functions, but that's because those functions differ only
in the type of the non-transition-state argument.

Haribabu Kommi, reviewed by David Rowley and Tomas Vondra
2016-04-08 13:47:06 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
1ec4c7c055 Restore original tsquery operation numbering.
As noticed by Tom Lane changing operation's number in commit
bb140506df causes on-disk format incompatibility.
Revert to previous numbering, that is reason to add special array to store
priorities of operation. Also it reverts order of tsquery to previous.

Author: Dmitry Ivanov
2016-04-08 20:11:30 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
386e3d7609 CREATE INDEX ... INCLUDING (column[, ...])
Now indexes (but only B-tree for now) can contain "extra" column(s) which
doesn't participate in index structure, they are just stored in leaf
tuples. It allows to use index only scan by using single index instead
of two or more indexes.

Author: Anastasia Lubennikova with minor editorializing by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Peter Geoghegan, Jeff Janes
2016-04-08 19:45:59 +03:00
Robert Haas
25fe8b5f1a Add a 'parallel_degree' reloption.
The code that estimates what parallel degree should be uesd for the
scan of a relation is currently rather stupid, so add a parallel_degree
reloption that can be used to override the planner's rather limited
judgement.

Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by David Rowley, James Sewell, Amit Kapila,
and me.  Some further hacking by me.
2016-04-08 11:14:56 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
2f1d2b7a75 Set PAM_RHOST item for PAM authentication
The PAM_RHOST item is set to the remote IP address or host name and can
be used by PAM modules.  A pg_hba.conf option is provided to choose
between IP address and resolved host name.

From: Grzegorz Sampolski <grzsmp@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Haribabu Kommi <kommi.haribabu@gmail.com>
2016-04-08 10:48:44 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
4e55b3f033 Rename comparePos() to compareWordEntryPos()
Rename comparePos() to compareWordEntryPos() to prevent export of too
generic name.

Per gripe from Tom Lane.
2016-04-08 12:04:15 +03:00
Robert Haas
0711803775 Use quicksort, not replacement selection, for external sorting.
We still use replacement selection for the first run of the sort only
and only when the number of tuples is relatively small.  Otherwise,
the first run, and subsequent runs in all cases, are produced using
quicksort.  This tends to be faster except perhaps for very small
amounts of working memory.

Peter Geoghegan, reviewed by Tomas Vondra, Jeff Janes, Mithun Cy,
Greg Stark, and me.
2016-04-08 02:36:26 -04:00
Robert Haas
719c84c1be Extend relations multiple blocks at a time to improve scalability.
Contention on the relation extension lock can become quite fierce when
multiple processes are inserting data into the same relation at the same
time at a high rate.  Experimentation shows the extending the relation
multiple blocks at a time improves scalability.

Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Petr Jelinek, Amit Kapila, and me.
2016-04-08 02:04:46 -04:00
Simon Riggs
137805f89a Use Foreign Key relationships to infer multi-column join selectivity
In cases where joins use multiple columns we currently assess each join
separately causing gross mis-estimates for join cardinality.

This patch adds use of FK information for the first time into the
planner. When FKs are present and we have multi-column join information,
plan estimates will be drastically improved. Cases with multiple FKs
are handled, though partial matches are ignored currently.

Net effect is substantial performance improvements for joins in many
common cases. Additional planning time is isolated to cases that are
currently performing poorly, measured at 0.08 - 0.15 ms.

Please watch for planner performance regressions; circumstances seem
unlikely but the law of unintended consequences may apply somewhen.
Additional complex tests welcome to prove this before release.

Tests can be performed using SET enable_fkey_estimates = on | off
using scripts provided during Hackers discussions, message id:
552335D9.3090707@2ndquadrant.com

Authors: Tomas Vondra and David Rowley
Reviewed and tested by Simon Riggs, adding comments only
2016-04-08 02:51:09 +01:00
Teodor Sigaev
bb140506df Phrase full text search.
Patch introduces new text search operator (<-> or <DISTANCE>) into tsquery.
On-disk and binary in/out format of tsquery are backward compatible.
It has two side effect:
- change order for tsquery, so, users, who has a btree index over tsquery,
  should reindex it
- less number of parenthesis in tsquery output, and tsquery becomes more
  readable

Authors: Teodor Sigaev, Oleg Bartunov, Dmitry Ivanov
Reviewers: Alexander Korotkov, Artur Zakirov
2016-04-07 18:44:18 +03:00
Simon Riggs
015e88942a Load FK defs into relcache for use by planner
Fastpath ignores this if no triggers defined.

Author: Tomas Vondra, with fastpath and comments added by me
Reviewers: David Rowley, Simon Riggs
2016-04-07 12:08:33 +01:00
Stephen Frost
29dd1504a1 Bump catversion for pg_dump dump catalog ACL patches
Pointed out by Tom.
2016-04-06 23:04:48 -04:00
Stephen Frost
23f34fa4ba In pg_dump, include pg_catalog and extension ACLs, if changed
Now that all of the infrastructure exists, add in the ability to
dump out the ACLs of the objects inside of pg_catalog or the ACLs
for objects which are members of extensions, but only if they have
been changed from their original values.

The original values are tracked in pg_init_privs.  When pg_dump'ing
9.6-and-above databases, we will dump out the ACLs for all objects
in pg_catalog and the ACLs for all extension members, where the ACL
has been changed from the original value which was set during either
initdb or CREATE EXTENSION.

This should not change dumps against pre-9.6 databases.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Stephen Frost
6c268df127 Add new catalog called pg_init_privs
This new catalog holds the privileges which the system was
initialized with at initdb time, along with any permissions set
by extensions at CREATE EXTENSION time.  This allows pg_dump
(and any other similar use-cases) to detect when the privileges
set on initdb-created or extension-created objects have been
changed from what they were set to at initdb/extension-creation
time and handle those changes appropriately.

Reviews by Alexander Korotkov, Jose Luis Tallon
2016-04-06 21:45:32 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
0b62fd036e Add jsonb_insert
It inserts a new value into an jsonb array at arbitrary position or
a new key to jsonb object.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov
Reviewers: Petr Jelinek, Vitaly Burovoy, Andrew Dunstan
2016-04-06 19:25:00 +03:00
Tom Lane
de94e2af18 Run pgindent on a batch of (mostly-planner-related) source files.
Getting annoyed at the amount of unrelated chatter I get from pgindent'ing
Rowley's unique-joins patch.  Re-indent all the files it touches.
2016-04-06 11:34:02 -04:00
Simon Riggs
3fe3511d05 Generic Messages for Logical Decoding
API and mechanism to allow generic messages to be inserted into WAL that are
intended to be read by logical decoding plugins. This commit adds an optional
new callback to the logical decoding API.

Messages are either text or bytea. Messages can be transactional, or not, and
are identified by a prefix to allow multiple concurrent decoding plugins.

(Not to be confused with Generic WAL records, which are intended to allow crash
recovery of extensible objects.)

Author: Petr Jelinek and Andres Freund
Reviewers: Artur Zakirov, Tomas Vondra, Simon Riggs
Discussion: 5685F999.6010202@2ndquadrant.com
2016-04-06 10:05:41 +01:00
Fujii Masao
989be0810d Support multiple synchronous standby servers.
Previously synchronous replication offered only the ability to confirm
that all changes made by a transaction had been transferred to at most
one synchronous standby server.

This commit extends synchronous replication so that it supports multiple
synchronous standby servers. It enables users to consider one or more
standby servers as synchronous, and increase the level of transaction
durability by ensuring that transaction commits wait for replies from
all of those synchronous standbys.

Multiple synchronous standby servers are configured in
synchronous_standby_names which is extended to support new syntax of
'num_sync ( standby_name [ , ... ] )', where num_sync specifies
the number of synchronous standbys that transaction commits need to
wait for replies from and standby_name is the name of a standby
server.

The syntax of 'standby_name [ , ... ]' which was used in 9.5 or before
is also still supported. It's the same as new syntax with num_sync=1.

This commit doesn't include "quorum commit" feature which was discussed
in pgsql-hackers. Synchronous standbys are chosen based on their priorities.
synchronous_standby_names determines the priority of each standby for
being chosen as a synchronous standby. The standbys whose names appear
earlier in the list are given higher priority and will be considered as
synchronous. Other standby servers appearing later in this list
represent potential synchronous standbys.

The regression test for multiple synchronous standbys is not included
in this commit. It should come later.

Authors: Sawada Masahiko, Beena Emerson, Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Amit Kapila, Robert Haas, Simon Riggs,
Amit Langote, Thomas Munro, Sameer Thakur, Suraj Kharage, Abhijit Menon-Sen,
Rajeev Rastogi

Many thanks to the various individuals who were involved in
discussing and developing this feature.
2016-04-06 17:18:25 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
f2fcad27d5 Support ALTER THING .. DEPENDS ON EXTENSION
This introduces a new dependency type which marks an object as depending
on an extension, such that if the extension is dropped, the object
automatically goes away; and also, if the database is dumped, the object
is included in the dump output.  Currently the grammar supports this for
indexes, triggers, materialized views and functions only, although the
utility code is generic so adding support for more object types is a
matter of touching the parser rules only.

Author: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20160115062649.GA5068@toroid.org
2016-04-05 18:38:54 -03:00
Robert Haas
41ea0c2376 Fix parallel-safety code for parallel aggregation.
has_parallel_hazard() was ignoring the proparallel markings for
aggregates, which is no good.  Fix that.  There was no way to mark
an aggregate as actually being parallel-safe, either, so add a
PARALLEL option to CREATE AGGREGATE.

Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley.
2016-04-05 16:06:15 -04:00
Robert Haas
11c8669c0c Add parallel query support functions for assorted aggregates.
This lets us use parallel aggregate for a variety of useful cases
that didn't work before, like sum(int8), sum(numeric), several
versions of avg(), and various other functions.

Add some regression tests, as well, testing the general sanity of
these and future catalog entries.

David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra, with a few further changes
by me.
2016-04-05 14:32:53 -04:00
Magnus Hagander
7117685461 Implement backup API functions for non-exclusive backups
Previously non-exclusive backups had to be done using the replication protocol
and pg_basebackup. With this commit it's now possible to make them using
pg_start_backup/pg_stop_backup as well, as long as the backup program can
maintain a persistent connection to the database.

Doing this, backup_label and tablespace_map are returned as results from
pg_stop_backup() instead of being written to the data directory. This makes
the server safe from a crash during an ongoing backup, which can be a problem
with exclusive backups.

The old syntax of the functions remain and work exactly as before, but since the
new syntax is safer this should eventually be deprecated and removed.

Only reference documentation is included. The main section on backup still needs
to be rewritten to cover this, but since that is already scheduled for a separate
large rewrite, it's not included in this patch.

Reviewed by David Steele and Amit Kapila
2016-04-05 20:03:49 +02:00
Tom Lane
66229ac004 Introduce a LOG_SERVER_ONLY ereport level, which is never sent to client.
This elevel is useful for logging audit messages and similar information
that should not be passed to the client.  It's equivalent to LOG in terms
of decisions about logging priority in the postmaster log, but messages
with this elevel will never be sent to the client.

In the current implementation, it's just an alias for the longstanding
COMMERROR elevel (or more accurately, we've made COMMERROR an alias for
this).  At some point it might be interesting to allow a LOG_ONLY flag to
be attached to any elevel, but that would be considerably more complicated,
and it's not clear there's enough use-cases to justify the extra work.
For now, let's just take the easy 90% solution.

David Steele, reviewed by Fabien Coelho, Petr Jelínek, and myself
2016-04-04 12:32:42 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
65578341af Add Generic WAL interface
This interface is designed to give an access to WAL for extensions which
could implement new access method, for example. Previously it was
impossible because restoring from custom WAL would need to access system
catalog to find a redo custom function. This patch suggests generic way
to describe changes on page with standart layout.

Bump XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC because of new record type.

Author: Alexander Korotkov with a help of Petr Jelinek, Markus Nullmeier and
	minor editorization by my
Reviewers: Petr Jelinek, Alvaro Herrera, Teodor Sigaev, Jim Nasby,
	Michael Paquier
2016-04-01 12:21:48 +03:00
Tom Lane
f9aefcb91f Support using index-only scans with partial indexes in more cases.
Previously, the planner would reject an index-only scan if any restriction
clause for its table used a column not available from the index, even
if that restriction clause would later be dropped from the plan entirely
because it's implied by the index's predicate.  This is a fairly common
situation for partial indexes because predicates using columns not included
in the index are often the most useful kind of predicate, and we have to
duplicate (or at least imply) the predicate in the WHERE clause in order
to get the index to be considered at all.  So index-only scans were
essentially unavailable with such partial indexes.

To fix, we have to do detection of implied-by-predicate clauses much
earlier in the planner.  This patch puts it in check_index_predicates
(nee check_partial_indexes), meaning it gets done for every partial index,
whereas we previously only considered this issue at createplan time,
so that the work was only done for an index actually selected for use.
That could result in a noticeable planning slowdown for queries against
tables with many partial indexes.  However, testing suggested that there
isn't really a significant cost, especially not with reasonable numbers
of partial indexes.  We do get a small additional benefit, which is that
cost_index is more accurate since it correctly discounts the evaluation
cost of clauses that will be removed.  We can also avoid considering such
clauses as potential indexquals, which saves useless matching cycles in
the case where the predicate columns aren't in the index, and prevents
generating bogus plans that double-count the clause's selectivity when
the columns are in the index.

Tomas Vondra and Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed by Kevin Grittner and
Konstantin Knizhnik, and whacked around a little by me
2016-03-31 14:49:10 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
3dd0792ae0 Blind attempt at fixing Win32 issue on 24c5f1a103
As best as I can tell, MyReplicationSlot needs to be PGDLLIMPORT in
order for the new test_slot_timelines test module to compile.

Per buildfarm
2016-03-30 23:12:20 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
24c5f1a103 Enable logical slots to follow timeline switches
When decoding from a logical slot, it's necessary for xlog reading to be
able to read xlog from historical (i.e. not current) timelines;
otherwise, decoding fails after failover, because the archives are in
the historical timeline.  This is required to make "failover logical
slots" possible; it currently has no other use, although theoretically
it could be used by an extension that creates a slot on a standby and
continues to replay from the slot when the standby is promoted.

This commit includes a module in src/test/modules with functions to
manipulate the slots (which is not otherwise possible in SQL code) in
order to enable testing, and a new test in src/test/recovery to ensure
that the behavior is as expected.

Author: Craig Ringer
Reviewed-By: Oleksii Kliukin, Andres Freund, Petr Jelínek
2016-03-30 20:07:05 -03:00
Alvaro Herrera
3b02ea4f07 XLogReader general code cleanup
Some minor tweaks and comment additions, for cleanliness sake and to
avoid having the upcoming timeline-following patch be polluted with
unrelated cleanup.

Extracted from a larger patch by Craig Ringer, reviewed by Andres
Freund, with some additions by myself.
2016-03-30 18:56:13 -03:00
Tom Lane
50861cd683 Improve portability of I/O behavior for the geometric types.
Formerly, the geometric I/O routines such as box_in and point_out relied
directly on strtod() and sprintf() for conversion of the float8 component
values of their data types.  However, the behavior of those functions is
pretty platform-dependent, especially for edge-case values such as
infinities and NaNs.  This was exposed by commit acdf2a8b37, which
added test cases involving boxes with infinity endpoints, and immediately
failed on Windows and AIX buildfarm members.  We solved these problems
years ago in the main float8in and float8out functions, so let's fix it
by making the geometric types use that code instead of depending directly
on the platform-supplied functions.

To do this, refactor the float8in code so that it can be used to parse
just part of a string, and as a convenience make the guts of float8out
usable without going through DirectFunctionCall.

While at it, get rid of geo_ops.c's fairly shaky assumptions about the
maximum output string length for a double, by having it build results in
StringInfo buffers instead of fixed-length strings.

In passing, convert all the "invalid input syntax for type foo" messages
in this area of the code into "invalid input syntax for type %s" to reduce
the number of distinct translatable strings, per recent discussion.
We would have needed a fair number of the latter anyway for code-sharing
reasons, so we might as well just go whole hog.

Note: this patch is by no means intended to guarantee that the geometric
types uniformly behave sanely for infinity or NaN component values.
But any bugs we have in that line were there all along, they were just
harder to reach in a platform-independent way.
2016-03-30 17:25:03 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
2d02a856e8 Bump catalog version, forget in acdf2a8b37 2016-03-30 18:56:21 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
acdf2a8b37 Introduce SP-GiST operator class over box.
Patch implements quad-tree over boxes, naive approach of 2D quad tree will not
work for any non-point objects because splitting space on node is not
efficient. The idea of pathc is treating 2D boxes as 4D points, so,
object will not overlap (in 4D space).

The performance tests reveal that this technique especially beneficial
with too much overlapping objects, so called "spaghetti data".

Author: Alexander Lebedev with editorization by Emre Hasegeli and me
2016-03-30 18:42:36 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
ccd6eb49a4 Introduce traversalValue for SP-GiST scan
During scan sometimes it would be very helpful to know some information about
parent node or all 	ancestor nodes. Right now reconstructedValue could be used
but it's not a right usage of it (range opclass uses that).

traversalValue is arbitrary piece of memory in separate MemoryContext while
reconstructedVale should have the same type as indexed column.

Subsequent patches for range opclass and quad4d tree will use it.

Author: Alexander Lebedev, Teodor Sigaev
2016-03-30 18:29:28 +03:00
Robert Haas
314cbfc5da Add new replication mode synchronous_commit = 'remote_apply'.
In this mode, the master waits for the transaction to be applied on
the remote side, not just written to disk.  That means that you can
count on a transaction started on the standby to see all commits
previously acknowledged by the master.

To make this work, the standby sends a reply after replaying each
commit record generated with synchronous_commit >= 'remote_apply'.
This introduces a small inefficiency: the extra replies will be sent
even by standbys that aren't the current synchronous standby.  But
previously-existing synchronous_commit levels make no attempt at all
to optimize which replies are sent based on what the primary cares
about, so this is no worse, and at least avoids any extra replies for
people not using the feature at all.

Thomas Munro, reviewed by Michael Paquier and by me.  Some additional
tweaks by me.
2016-03-29 21:29:49 -04:00
Tom Lane
e511d878f3 Allow to_timestamp(float8) to convert float infinity to timestamp infinity.
With the original SQL-function implementation, such cases failed because
we don't support infinite intervals.  Converting the function to C lets
us bypass the interval representation, which should be a bit faster as
well as more flexible.

Vitaly Burovoy, reviewed by Anastasia Lubennikova
2016-03-29 17:09:29 -04:00
Robert Haas
5fe5a2cee9 Allow aggregate transition states to be serialized and deserialized.
This is necessary infrastructure for supporting parallel aggregation
for aggregates whose transition type is "internal".  Such values
can't be passed between cooperating processes, because they are
just pointers.

David Rowley, reviewed by Tomas Vondra and by me.
2016-03-29 15:04:05 -04:00
Robert Haas
f9143d102f Rework custom scans to work more like the new extensible node stuff.
Per discussion, the new extensible node framework is thought to be
better designed than the custom path/scan/scanstate stuff we added
in PostgreSQL 9.5.  Rework the latter to be more like the former.

This is not backward-compatible, but we generally don't promise that
for C APIs, and there probably aren't many people using this yet
anyway.

KaiGai Kohei, reviewed by Petr Jelinek and me.  Some further
cosmetic changes by me.
2016-03-29 11:28:04 -04:00
Robert Haas
5d4171d1c7 Don't require a user mapping for FDWs to work.
Commit fbe5a3fb73 accidentally changed
this behavior; put things back the way they were, and add some
regression tests.

Report by Andres Freund; patch by Ashutosh Bapat, with a bit of
kibitzing by me.
2016-03-28 21:50:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
868628e4fd On all Windows platforms, not just Cygwin, use _timezone and _tzname.
Up until now, we've been using timezone and tzname, but Visual Studio
2015 (for which we wish to add support) no longer declares those
symbols.  All versions since Visual Studio 2003 apparently support the
underscore-equipped names, and we don't support anything older than
Visual Studio 2005, so this should work OK everywhere.  But let's see
what the buildfarm thinks.

Michael Paquier, reviewed by Petr Jelinek
2016-03-28 20:59:25 -04:00
Andres Freund
1a7a43672b Don't use !! but != 0/NULL to force boolean evaluation.
I introduced several uses of !! to force bit arithmetic to be boolean,
but per discussion the project prefers != 0/NULL.

Discussion: CA+TgmoZP5KakLGP6B4vUjgMBUW0woq_dJYi0paOz-My0Hwt_vQ@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-27 18:10:19 +02:00
Andres Freund
af4472bcb8 Change various Gin*Is* macros to return 0/1.
Returning the direct result of bit arithmetic, in a macro intended to be
used in a boolean manner, can be problematic if the return value is
stored in a variable of type 'bool'. If bool is implemented using C99's
_Bool, that can lead to comparison failures if the variable is then
compared again with the expression (see ginStepRight() for an example
that fails), as _Bool forces the result to be 0/1. That happens in some
configurations of newer MSVC compilers.  It's also problematic when
storing the result of such an expression in a narrower type.

Several gin macros have been declared in that style since gin's initial
commit in 8a3631f8d8.

There's a lot more macros like this, but this is the only one causing
regression test failures; and I don't want to commit and backpatch a
larger patch with lots of conflicts just before the next set of minor
releases.

Discussion: 20150811154237.GD17575@awork2.anarazel.de
Backpatch: All supported branches
2016-03-27 17:46:48 +02:00
Tom Lane
c94959d411 Fix DROP OPERATOR to reset oprcom/oprnegate links to the dropped operator.
This avoids leaving dangling links in pg_operator; which while fairly
harmless are also unsightly.

While we're at it, simplify OperatorUpd, which went through
heap_modify_tuple for no very good reason considering it had already made
a tuple copy it could just scribble on.

Roma Sokolov, reviewed by Tomas Vondra, additional hacking by Robert Haas
and myself.
2016-03-25 12:33:16 -04:00
Tom Lane
c1156411ad Move psql's psqlscan.l into src/fe_utils.
This completes (at least for now) the project of getting rid of ad-hoc
linkages among the src/bin/ subdirectories.  Everything they share is now
in src/fe_utils/ and is included from a static library at link time.

A side benefit is that we can restore the FLEX_NO_BACKUP check for
psqlscanslash.l.  We might need to think of another way to do that check
if we ever need to build two lexers with that property in the same source
directory, but there's no foreseeable reason to need that.
2016-03-24 20:28:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
d65bea26a8 Move psql's print.c and mbprint.c into src/fe_utils.
Just turning the crank ...
2016-03-24 18:27:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
588d963b00 Create src/fe_utils/, and move stuff into there from pg_dump's dumputils.
Per discussion, we want to create a static library and put the stuff into
it that until now has been shared across src/bin/ directories by ad-hoc
methods like symlinking a source file.  This commit creates the library and
populates it with a couple of files that contain the widely-useful portions
of pg_dump's dumputils.c file.  dumputils.c survives, because it has some
stuff that didn't seem appropriate for fe_utils, but it's significantly
smaller and is no longer referenced from any other directory.

Follow-on patches will move more stuff into fe_utils.

The Mkvcbuild.pm hacking here is just a best guess; we'll see how the
buildfarm likes it.
2016-03-24 15:55:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
c2d1eea9e7 Avoid PGDLLIMPORT for simple local references in frontend programs.
I was wondering if this would be an issue, and buildfarm member frogmouth
says it is.
2016-03-23 23:26:44 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
473b932870 Support CREATE ACCESS METHOD
This enables external code to create access methods.  This is useful so
that extensions can add their own access methods which can be formally
tracked for dependencies, so that DROP operates correctly.  Also, having
explicit support makes pg_dump work correctly.

Currently only index AMs are supported, but we expect different types to
be added in the future.

Authors: Alexander Korotkov, Petr Jelínek
Reviewed-By: Teodor Sigaev, Petr Jelínek, Jim Nasby
Commitfest-URL: https://commitfest.postgresql.org/9/353/
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAPpHfdsXwZmojm6Dx+TJnpYk27kT4o7Ri6X_4OSWcByu1Rm+VA@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-23 23:01:35 -03:00
Tom Lane
2c6af4f442 Move keywords.c/kwlookup.c into src/common/.
Now that we have src/common/ for code shared between frontend and backend,
we can get rid of (most of) the klugy ways that the keyword table and
keyword lookup code were formerly shared between different uses.
This is a first step towards a more general plan of getting rid of
special-purpose kluges for sharing code in src/bin/.

I chose to merge kwlookup.c back into keywords.c, as it once was, and
always has been so far as keywords.h is concerned.  We could have
kept them separate, but there is noplace that uses ScanKeywordLookup
without also wanting access to the backend's keyword list, so there
seems little point.

ecpg is still a bit weird, but at least now the trickiness is documented.

I think that the MSVC build script should require no adjustments beyond
what's done here ... but we'll soon find out.
2016-03-23 20:22:08 -04:00
Robert Haas
e06a38965b Support parallel aggregation.
Parallel workers can now partially aggregate the data and pass the
transition values back to the leader, which can combine the partial
results to produce the final answer.

David Rowley, based on earlier work by Haribabu Kommi.  Reviewed by
Álvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra, Amit Kapila, James Sewell, and me.
2016-03-21 09:30:18 -04:00
Andres Freund
7fa0064092 Properly declare FeBeWaitSet.
Surprising that this worked on a number of systems. Reported by
buildfarm member longfin.
2016-03-21 12:58:18 +01:00
Andres Freund
98a64d0bd7 Introduce WaitEventSet API.
Commit ac1d794 ("Make idle backends exit if the postmaster dies.")
introduced a regression on, at least, large linux systems. Constantly
adding the same postmaster_alive_fds to the OSs internal datastructures
for implementing poll/select can cause significant contention; leading
to a performance regression of nearly 3x in one example.

This can be avoided by using e.g. linux' epoll, which avoids having to
add/remove file descriptors to the wait datastructures at a high rate.
Unfortunately the current latch interface makes it hard to allocate any
persistent per-backend resources.

Replace, with a backward compatibility layer, WaitLatchOrSocket with a
new WaitEventSet API. Users can allocate such a Set across multiple
calls, and add more than one file-descriptor to wait on. The latter has
been added because there's upcoming postgres features where that will be
helpful.

In addition to the previously existing poll(2), select(2),
WaitForMultipleObjects() implementations also provide an epoll_wait(2)
based implementation to address the aforementioned performance
problem. Epoll is only available on linux, but that is the most likely
OS for machines large enough (four sockets) to reproduce the problem.

To actually address the aforementioned regression, create and use a
long-lived WaitEventSet for FE/BE communication.  There are additional
places that would benefit from a long-lived set, but that's a task for
another day.

Thanks to Amit Kapila, who helped make the windows code I blindly wrote
actually work.

Reported-By: Dmitry Vasilyev Discussion:
CAB-SwXZh44_2ybvS5Z67p_CDz=XFn4hNAD=CnMEF+QqkXwFrGg@mail.gmail.com
20160114143931.GG10941@awork2.anarazel.de
2016-03-21 12:22:54 +01:00
Andres Freund
72e2d21c12 Combine win32 and unix latch implementations.
Previously latches for windows and unix had been implemented in
different files. A later patch introduce an expanded wait
infrastructure, keeping the implementation separate would introduce too
much duplication.

This basically just moves the functions, without too much change. The
reason to keep this separate is that it allows blame to continue working
a little less badly; and to make review a tiny bit easier.

Discussion: 20160114143931.GG10941@awork2.anarazel.de
2016-03-21 11:03:26 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
b555ed8102 Merge wal_level "archive" and "hot_standby" into new name "replica"
The distinction between "archive" and "hot_standby" existed only because
at the time "hot_standby" was added, there was some uncertainty about
stability.  This is now a long time ago.  We would like to move forward
with simplifying the replication configuration, but this distinction is
in the way, because a primary server cannot tell (without asking a
standby or predicting the future) which one of these would be the
appropriate level.

Pick a new name for the combined setting to make it clearer that it
covers all (non-logical) backup and replication uses.  The old values
are still accepted but are converted internally.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael.paquier@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Steele <david@pgmasters.net>
2016-03-18 23:56:03 +01:00
Andres Freund
fad0f9d8c9 Remove unused, and dangerous, TestLatch() macro.
The macro has not seen any in-tree use since latches had been introduced
in 2746e5f, in 2010.
2016-03-18 11:46:42 -07:00
Robert Haas
0bf3ae88af Directly modify foreign tables.
postgres_fdw can now sent an UPDATE or DELETE statement directly to
the foreign server in simple cases, rather than sending a SELECT FOR
UPDATE statement and then updating or deleting rows one-by-one.

Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Rushabh Lathia, Shigeru Hanada, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Albe Laurenz, Thom Brown, and me.
2016-03-18 13:55:52 -04:00
Teodor Sigaev
3187d6de0e Introduce parse_ident()
SQL-layer function to split qualified identifier into array parts.

Author: Pavel Stehule with minor editorization by me and Jim Nasby
2016-03-18 18:16:14 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
f4ceed6ceb Improve support of Hunspell
- allow to use non-ascii characters as affix flag. Non-numeric affix flags now
  are stored as string instead of numeric value of character.
- allow to use 0 as affix flag in numeric encoded affixes

That adds support for arabian, hungarian, turkish and
brazilian portuguese languages.

Author: Artur Zakirov with heavy editorization by me
2016-03-17 17:23:38 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
fc201dfd95 Add syslog_split_messages parameter
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-03-16 23:21:44 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
f4c454e9ba Add syslog_sequence_numbers parameter
Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
2016-03-16 23:21:44 -04:00
Tom Lane
a70e13a39e Be more careful about out-of-range dates and timestamps.
Tighten the semantics of boundary-case timestamptz so that we allow
timestamps >= '4714-11-24 00:00+00 BC' and < 'ENDYEAR-01-01 00:00+00 AD'
exactly, no more and no less, but it is allowed to enter timestamps
within that range using non-GMT timezone offsets (which could make the
nominal date 4714-11-23 BC or ENDYEAR-01-01 AD).  This eliminates
dump/reload failure conditions for timestamps near the endpoints.
To do this, separate checking of the inputs for date2j() from the
final range check, and allow the Julian date code to handle a range
slightly wider than the nominal range of the datatypes.

Also add a bunch of checks to detect out-of-range dates and timestamps
that formerly could be returned by operations such as date-plus-integer.
All C-level functions that return date, timestamp, or timestamptz should
now be proof against returning a value that doesn't pass IS_VALID_DATE()
or IS_VALID_TIMESTAMP().

Vitaly Burovoy, reviewed by Anastasia Lubennikova, and substantially
whacked around by me
2016-03-16 19:09:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
c6dda1f48e Add idle_in_transaction_session_timeout.
Vik Fearing, reviewed by Stéphane Schildknecht and me, and revised
slightly by me.
2016-03-16 11:30:45 -04:00
Robert Haas
3aff33aa68 Fix typos.
Oskari Saarenmaa
2016-03-15 18:06:11 -04:00
Robert Haas
c16dc1aca5 Add simple VACUUM progress reporting.
There's a lot more that could be done here yet - in particular, this
reports only very coarse-grained information about the index vacuuming
phase - but even as it stands, the new pg_stat_progress_vacuum can
tell you quite a bit about what a long-running vacuum is actually
doing.

Amit Langote and Robert Haas, based on earlier work by Vinayak Pokale
and Rahila Syed.
2016-03-15 13:32:56 -04:00
Tom Lane
0e9b89986b Cope if platform declares mbstowcs_l(), but not locale_t, in <xlocale.h>.
Previously, we included <xlocale.h> only if necessary to get the definition
of type locale_t.  According to notes in PGAC_TYPE_LOCALE_T, this is
important because on some versions of glibc that file supplies an
incompatible declaration of locale_t.  (This info may be obsolete, because
on my RHEL6 box that seems to be the *only* definition of locale_t; but
there may still be glibc's in the wild for which it's a live concern.)

It turns out though that on FreeBSD and maybe other BSDen, you can get
locale_t from stdlib.h or locale.h but mbstowcs_l() and friends only from
<xlocale.h>.  This was leaving us compiling calls to mbstowcs_l() and
friends with no visible prototype, which causes a warning and could
possibly cause actual trouble, since it's not declared to return int.

Hence, adjust the configure checks so that we'll include <xlocale.h>
either if it's necessary to get type locale_t or if it's necessary to
get a declaration of mbstowcs_l().

Report and patch by Aleksander Alekseev, somewhat whacked around by me.
Back-patch to all supported branches, since we have been using
mbstowcs_l() since 9.1.
2016-03-15 13:19:57 -04:00
Tom Lane
101fd9349e Add a GetForeignUpperPaths callback function for FDWs.
This is basically like the just-added create_upper_paths_hook, but
control is funneled only to the FDW responsible for all the baserels
of the current query; so providing such a callback is much less likely
to add useless overhead than using the hook function is.

The documentation is a bit sketchy.  We'll likely want to improve it,
and/or adjust the call conventions, when we get some experience with
actually using this callback.  Hopefully somebody will find time to
experiment with it before 9.6 feature freeze.
2016-03-14 20:04:48 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
be6de4c121 Add missing include for self-containment 2016-03-14 19:56:33 -04:00
Tom Lane
5864d6a4b6 Provide a planner hook at a suitable place for creating upper-rel Paths.
In the initial revision of the upper-planner pathification work, the only
available way for an FDW or custom-scan provider to inject Paths
representing post-scan-join processing was to insert them during scan-level
GetForeignPaths or similar processing.  While that's not impossible, it'd
require quite a lot of duplicative processing to look forward and see if
the extension would be capable of implementing the whole query.  To improve
matters for custom-scan providers, provide a hook function at the point
where the core code is about to start filling in upperrel Paths.  At this
point Paths are available for the whole scan/join tree, which should reduce
the amount of redundant effort considerably.

(An alternative design that was suggested was to provide a separate hook
for each post-scan-join processing step, but that seems messy and not
clearly more useful.)

Following our time-honored tradition, there's no documentation for this
hook outside the source code.

As-is, this hook is only meant for custom scan providers, which we can't
assume very much about.  A followon patch will implement an FDW callback
to let FDWs do the same thing in a somewhat more structured fashion.
2016-03-14 19:23:29 -04:00
Tom Lane
28048cbaa2 Allow callers of create_foreignscan_path to specify nondefault PathTarget.
Although the default choice of rel->reltarget should typically be
sufficient for scan or join paths, it's not at all sufficient for the
purposes PathTargets were invented for; in particular not for
upper-relation Paths.  So break API compatibility by adding a PathTarget
argument to create_foreignscan_path().  To ease updating of existing
code, accept a NULL value of the argument as selecting rel->reltarget.
2016-03-14 17:31:28 -04:00
Tom Lane
307c78852f Rethink representation of PathTargets.
In commit 19a541143a I did not make PathTarget a subtype of Node,
and embedded a RelOptInfo's reltarget directly into it rather than having
a separately-allocated Node.  In hindsight that was misguided
micro-optimization, enabled by the fact that at that point we didn't have
any Paths with custom PathTargets.  Now that PathTarget processing has
been fleshed out some more, it's easier to see that it's better to have
PathTarget as an indepedent Node type, even if it does cost us one more
palloc to create a RelOptInfo.  So change it while we still can.

This commit just changes the representation, without doing anything more
interesting than that.
2016-03-14 16:59:59 -04:00
Robert Haas
6be84eeb8d Update more comments for 96198d94cb.
Etsuro Fujita, reviewed (though not completely endorsed) by Ashutosh
Bapat, and slightly expanded by me.
2016-03-14 14:29:12 -04:00
Tom Lane
2da7549987 pg_stat_get_progress_info() should be marked STRICT.
I didn't bother with a catversion bump.

Report and patch by Thomas Munro
2016-03-14 12:51:55 -04:00
Tom Lane
23a27b039d Widen query numbers-of-tuples-processed counters to uint64.
This patch widens SPI_processed, EState's es_processed field, PortalData's
portalPos field, FuncCallContext's call_cntr and max_calls fields,
ExecutorRun's count argument, PortalRunFetch's result, and the max number
of rows in a SPITupleTable to uint64, and deals with (I hope) all the
ensuing fallout.  Some of these values were declared uint32 before, and
others "long".

I also removed PortalData's posOverflow field, since that logic seems
pretty useless given that portalPos is now always 64 bits.

The user-visible results are that command tags for SELECT etc will
correctly report tuple counts larger than 4G, as will plpgsql's GET
GET DIAGNOSTICS ... ROW_COUNT command.  Queries processing more tuples
than that are still not exactly the norm, but they're becoming more
common.

Most values associated with FETCH/MOVE distances, such as PortalRun's count
argument and the count argument of most SPI functions that have one, remain
declared as "long".  It's not clear whether it would be worth promoting
those to int64; but it would definitely be a large dollop of additional
API churn on top of this, and it would only help 32-bit platforms which
seem relatively less likely to see any benefit.

Andreas Scherbaum, reviewed by Christian Ullrich, additional hacking by me
2016-03-12 16:05:29 -05:00
Tom Lane
570be1f73f Re-export a few of createplan.c's make_xxx() functions.
CitusDB is using these and don't wish to redesign their code right now.
I am not on board with this being a good idea, or a good precedent,
but I lack the energy to fight about it.
2016-03-12 12:12:59 -05:00
Teodor Sigaev
a9eb6c83ef Bump catalog version missed in 6943a946c7 2016-03-11 19:31:04 +03:00
Teodor Sigaev
6943a946c7 Tsvector editing functions
Adds several tsvector editting function: convert tsvector to/from text array,
set weight for given lexemes, delete lexeme(s), unnest, filter lexemes
with given weights

Author: Stas Kelvich with some editorization by me
Reviewers: Tomas Vondram, Teodor Sigaev
2016-03-11 19:22:36 +03:00
Tom Lane
49635d7b3e Minor additional refactoring of planner.c's PathTarget handling.
Teach make_group_input_target() and make_window_input_target() to work
entirely with the PathTarget representation of tlists, rather than
constructing a tlist and immediately deconstructing it into PathTarget
format.  In itself this only saves a few palloc's; the bigger picture is
that it opens the door for sharing cost_qual_eval work across all of
planner.c's constructions of PathTargets.  I'll come back to that later.

In support of this, flesh out tlist.c's infrastructure for PathTargets
a bit more.
2016-03-11 10:24:55 -05:00
Simon Riggs
73e7e49da3 Allow emit_log_hook to see original message text
emit_log_hook could only see the translated text, making it harder to identify
which message was being sent. Pass original text to allow the exact message to
be identified, whichever language is used for logging.

Discussion: 20160216.184755.59721141.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi
2016-03-11 09:53:06 +00:00
Andres Freund
9cd00c457e Checkpoint sorting and balancing.
Up to now checkpoints were written in the order they're in the
BufferDescriptors. That's nearly random in a lot of cases, which
performs badly on rotating media, but even on SSDs it causes slowdowns.

To avoid that, sort checkpoints before writing them out. We currently
sort by tablespace, relfilenode, fork and block number.

One of the major reasons that previously wasn't done, was fear of
imbalance between tablespaces. To address that balance writes between
tablespaces.

The other prime concern was that the relatively large allocation to sort
the buffers in might fail, preventing checkpoints from happening. Thus
pre-allocate the required memory in shared memory, at server startup.

This particularly makes it more efficient to have checkpoint flushing
enabled, because that'll often result in a lot of writes that can be
coalesced into one flush.

Discussion: alpine.DEB.2.10.1506011320000.28433@sto
Author: Fabien Coelho and Andres Freund
2016-03-10 17:05:09 -08:00
Andres Freund
428b1d6b29 Allow to trigger kernel writeback after a configurable number of writes.
Currently writes to the main data files of postgres all go through the
OS page cache. This means that some operating systems can end up
collecting a large number of dirty buffers in their respective page
caches.  When these dirty buffers are flushed to storage rapidly, be it
because of fsync(), timeouts, or dirty ratios, latency for other reads
and writes can increase massively.  This is the primary reason for
regular massive stalls observed in real world scenarios and artificial
benchmarks; on rotating disks stalls on the order of hundreds of seconds
have been observed.

On linux it is possible to control this by reducing the global dirty
limits significantly, reducing the above problem. But global
configuration is rather problematic because it'll affect other
applications; also PostgreSQL itself doesn't always generally want this
behavior, e.g. for temporary files it's undesirable.

Several operating systems allow some control over the kernel page
cache. Linux has sync_file_range(2), several posix systems have msync(2)
and posix_fadvise(2). sync_file_range(2) is preferable because it
requires no special setup, whereas msync() requires the to-be-flushed
range to be mmap'ed. For the purpose of flushing dirty data
posix_fadvise(2) is the worst alternative, as flushing dirty data is
just a side-effect of POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED, which also removes the pages
from the page cache.  Thus the feature is enabled by default only on
linux, but can be enabled on all systems that have any of the above
APIs.

While desirable and likely possible this patch does not contain an
implementation for windows.

With the infrastructure added, writes made via checkpointer, bgwriter
and normal user backends can be flushed after a configurable number of
writes. Each of these sources of writes controlled by a separate GUC,
checkpointer_flush_after, bgwriter_flush_after and backend_flush_after
respectively; they're separate because the number of flushes that are
good are separate, and because the performance considerations of
controlled flushing for each of these are different.

A later patch will add checkpoint sorting - after that flushes from the
ckeckpoint will almost always be desirable. Bgwriter flushes are most of
the time going to be random, which are slow on lots of storage hardware.
Flushing in backends works well if the storage and bgwriter can keep up,
but if not it can have negative consequences.  This patch is likely to
have negative performance consequences without checkpoint sorting, but
unfortunately so has sorting without flush control.

Discussion: alpine.DEB.2.10.1506011320000.28433@sto
Author: Fabien Coelho and Andres Freund
2016-03-10 17:04:34 -08:00
Tom Lane
c82c92b111 Give pull_var_clause() reject/recurse/return behavior for WindowFuncs too.
All along, this function should have treated WindowFuncs in a manner
similar to Aggrefs, ie with an option whether or not to recurse into them.
By not considering the case, it was always recursing, which is OK for most
callers (although I suspect that the case in prepare_sort_from_pathkeys
might represent a bug).  But now we need return-without-recursing behavior
as well.  There are also more than a few callers that should never see a
WindowFunc, and now we'll get some error checking on that.
2016-03-10 16:23:52 -05:00
Tom Lane
364a9f47ab Refactor pull_var_clause's API to make it less tedious to extend.
In commit 1d97c19a0f and later c1d9579dd8, we extended
pull_var_clause's API by adding enum-type arguments.  That's sort of a pain
to maintain, though, because it means every time we add a new behavior we
must touch every last one of the call sites, even if there's a reasonable
default behavior that most of them could use.  Let's switch over to using a
bitmask of flags, instead; that seems more maintainable and might save a
nanosecond or two as well.  This commit changes no behavior in itself,
though I'm going to follow it up with one that does add a new behavior.

In passing, remove flatten_tlist(), which has not been used since 9.1
and would otherwise need the same API changes.

Removing these enums means that optimizer/tlist.h no longer needs to
depend on optimizer/var.h.  Changing that caused a number of C files to
need addition of #include "optimizer/var.h" (probably we can thank old
runs of pgrminclude for that); but on balance it seems like a good change
anyway.
2016-03-10 15:53:07 -05:00
Simon Riggs
37c54863cf Rework wait for AccessExclusiveLocks on Hot Standby
Earlier version committed in 9.0 caused spurious waits in some cases.
New infrastructure for lock waits in 9.3 used to correct and improve this.

Jeff Janes based upon a proposal by Simon Riggs, who also reviewed
Additional review comments from Amit Kapila
2016-03-10 19:26:24 +00:00
Robert Haas
53be0b1add Provide much better wait information in pg_stat_activity.
When a process is waiting for a heavyweight lock, we will now indicate
the type of heavyweight lock for which it is waiting.  Also, you can
now see when a process is waiting for a lightweight lock - in which
case we will indicate the individual lock name or the tranche, as
appropriate - or for a buffer pin.

Amit Kapila, Ildus Kurbangaliev, reviewed by me.  Lots of helpful
discussion and suggestions by many others, including Alexander
Korotkov, Vladimir Borodin, and many others.
2016-03-10 12:44:09 -05:00
Andres Freund
606e0f9841 Introduce durable_rename() and durable_link_or_rename().
Renaming a file using rename(2) is not guaranteed to be durable in face
of crashes; especially on filesystems like xfs and ext4 when mounted
with data=writeback. To be certain that a rename() atomically replaces
the previous file contents in the face of crashes and different
filesystems, one has to fsync the old filename, rename the file, fsync
the new filename, fsync the containing directory.  This sequence is not
generally adhered to currently; which exposes us to data loss risks. To
avoid having to repeat this arduous sequence, introduce
durable_rename(), which wraps all that.

Also add durable_link_or_rename(). Several places use link() (with a
fallback to rename()) to rename a file, trying to avoid replacing the
target file out of paranoia. Some of those rename sequences need to be
durable as well. There seems little reason extend several copies of the
same logic, so centralize the link() callers.

This commit does not yet make use of the new functions; they're used in
a followup commit.

Author: Michael Paquier, Andres Freund
Discussion: 56583BDD.9060302@2ndquadrant.com
Backpatch: All supported branches
2016-03-09 18:53:53 -08:00
Robert Haas
b6fb6471f6 Add a generic command progress reporting facility.
Using this facility, any utility command can report the target relation
upon which it is operating, if there is one, and up to 10 64-bit
counters; the intent of this is that users should be able to figure out
what a utility command is doing without having to resort to ugly hacks
like attaching strace to a backend.

As a demonstration, this adds very crude reporting to lazy vacuum; we
just report the target relation and nothing else.  A forthcoming patch
will make VACUUM report a bunch of additional data that will make this
much more interesting.  But this gets the basic framework in place.

Vinayak Pokale, Rahila Syed, Amit Langote, Robert Haas, reviewed by
Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jim Nasby, Thom Brown, Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao,
and Masanori Oyama.
2016-03-09 12:08:58 -05:00
Tom Lane
51c0f63e4d Improve handling of pathtargets in planner.c.
Refactor so that the internal APIs in planner.c deal in PathTargets not
targetlists, and establish a more regular structure for deriving the
targets needed for successive steps.

There is more that could be done here; calculating the eval costs of each
successive target independently is both inefficient and wrong in detail,
since we won't actually recompute values available from the input node's
tlist.  But it's no worse than what happened before the pathification
rewrite.  In any case this seems like a good starting point for considering
how to handle Konstantin Knizhnik's function-evaluation-postponement patch.
2016-03-09 01:12:16 -05:00
Tom Lane
9e8b99420f Improve handling of group-column indexes in GroupingSetsPath.
Instead of having planner.c compute a groupColIdx array and store it in
GroupingSetsPaths, make create_groupingsets_plan() find the grouping
columns by searching in the child plan node's tlist.  Although that's
probably a bit slower for create_groupingsets_plan(), it's more like
the way every other plan node type does this, and it provides positive
confirmation that we know which child output columns we're supposed to be
grouping on.  (Indeed, looking at this now, I'm not at all sure that it
wasn't broken before, because create_groupingsets_plan() isn't demanding
an exact tlist match from its child node.)  Also, this allows substantial
simplification in planner.c, because it no longer needs to compute the
groupColIdx array at all; no other cases were using it.

I'd intended to put off this refactoring until later (like 9.7), but
in view of the likely bug fix and the need to rationalize planner.c's
tlist handling so we can do something sane with Konstantin Knizhnik's
function-evaluation-postponement patch, I think it can't wait.
2016-03-08 22:32:11 -05:00
Tom Lane
8c314b9853 Finish refactoring make_foo() functions in createplan.c.
This patch removes some redundant cost calculations that I left for later
cleanup in commit 3fc6e2d7f5.  There's now a uniform policy that the
make_foo() convenience functions don't do any cost calculations.  Most of
their callers copy costs from the source Path node, and for those that
don't, the calculation in the make_foo() function wasn't necessarily right
anyhow.  (make_result() was particularly a mess, as it was serving multiple
callers using cost calcs designed for only the first one or two that had
ever existed.)  Aside from saving a few cycles, this ensures that what
EXPLAIN prints matches the costs we used for planning purposes.  It does
not change any planner decisions, since the decisions are already made.
2016-03-08 16:28:34 -05:00
Robert Haas
070140ee48 Add some functions to fd.c for the convenience of extensions.
For example, if you want to perform an ioctl() on a file descriptor
opened through the fd.c routines, there's no way to do that without
being able to get at the underlying fd.

KaiGai Kohei
2016-03-08 10:09:50 -05:00
Robert Haas
77a1d1e798 Department of second thoughts: remove PD_ALL_FROZEN.
Commit a892234f83 added a second bit per
page to the visibility map, which still seems like a good idea, but it
also added a second page-level bit alongside PD_ALL_VISIBLE to track
whether the visibility map bit was set.  That no longer seems like a
clever plan, because we don't really need that bit for anything.  We
always clear both bits when the page is modified anyway.

Patch by me, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi and Masahiko Sawada.
2016-03-08 08:46:48 -05:00
Tom Lane
3fc6e2d7f5 Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths.
I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it
finally is.  This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic
that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for
post-scan/join query steps.  Now, there is (nearly) independent
consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of
Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step.  We choose
the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been
used inside query_planner() for years.

In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner()
could return only a single Plan.  It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a
set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can
use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level.
This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a
subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a
sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though
delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in
isolation.  (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of
that.  However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior
overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning
benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.)

There is a great deal left to do here.  This patch unblocks a lot of
planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure,
such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting
plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation
orders for set operations.  (The latter will likely require a full
rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it
to return Paths not Plans.)  I have also left unfinished some localized
refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary
to get this patch to a working state.

Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 15:58:22 -05:00
Andres Freund
c8f621c43a logical decoding: Fix handling of large old tuples with replica identity full.
When decoding the old version of an UPDATE or DELETE change, and if that
tuple was bigger than MaxHeapTupleSize, we either Assert'ed out, or
failed in more subtle ways in non-assert builds.  Normally individual
tuples aren't bigger than MaxHeapTupleSize, with big datums toasted.
But that's not the case for the old version of a tuple for logical
decoding; the replica identity is logged as one piece. With the default
replica identity btree limits that to small tuples, but that's not the
case for FULL.

Change the tuple buffer infrastructure to separate allocate over-large
tuples, instead of always going through the slab cache.

This unfortunately requires changing the ReorderBufferTupleBuf
definition, we need to store the allocated size someplace. To avoid
requiring output plugins to recompile, don't store HeapTupleHeaderData
directly after HeapTupleData, but point to it via t_data; that leaves
rooms for the allocated size.  As there's no reason for an output plugin
to look at ReorderBufferTupleBuf->t_data.header, remove the field. It
was just a minor convenience having it directly accessible.

Reported-By: Adam Dratwiński
Discussion: CAKg6ypLd7773AOX4DiOGRwQk1TVOQKhNwjYiVjJnpq8Wo+i62Q@mail.gmail.com
2016-03-05 18:02:20 -08:00
Andres Freund
d9e903f3cb logical decoding: Tell reorderbuffer about all xids.
Logical decoding's reorderbuffer keeps transactions in an LSN ordered
list for efficiency. To make that's efficiently possible upper-level
xids are forced to be logged before nested subtransaction xids.  That
only works though if these records are all looked at: Unfortunately we
didn't do so for e.g. row level locks, which are otherwise uninteresting
for logical decoding.

This could lead to errors like:
"ERROR: subxact logged without previous toplevel record".

It's not sufficient to just look at row locking records, the xid could
appear first due to a lot of other types of records (which will trigger
the transaction to be marked logged with MarkCurrentTransactionIdLoggedIfAny).
So invent infrastructure to tell reorderbuffer about xids seen, when
they'd otherwise not pass through reorderbuffer.c.

Reported-By: Jarred Ward
Bug: #13844
Discussion: 20160105033249.1087.66040@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch: 9.4, where logical decoding was added
2016-03-05 18:02:20 -08:00
Joe Conway
dc7d70ea05 Expose control file data via SQL accessible functions.
Add four new SQL accessible functions: pg_control_system(),
pg_control_checkpoint(), pg_control_recovery(), and pg_control_init()
which expose a subset of the control file data.

Along the way move the code to read and validate the control file to
src/common, where it can be shared by the new backend functions
and the original pg_controldata frontend program.

Patch by me, significant input, testing, and review by Michael Paquier.
2016-03-05 11:10:19 -08:00
Teodor Sigaev
d78a7d9c7f Improve support of Hunspell in ispell dictionary.
Now it's possible to load recent version of Hunspell for several languages.
To handle these dictionaries Hunspell patch adds support for:
* FLAG long - sets the double extended ASCII character flag type
* FLAG num - sets the decimal number flag type (from 1 to 65535)
* AF parameter - alias for flag's set

Also it moves test dictionaries into separate directory.

Author: Artur Zakirov with editorization by me
2016-03-04 20:08:47 +03:00
Simon Riggs
c7111d11b1 Revert buggy optimization of index scans
606c0123d6 attempted to reduce cost of index scans using > and <
strategies, though got that completely wrong in a few complex cases.

Revert whole patch until we find a safe optimization.
2016-03-03 09:53:43 +00:00
Tom Lane
eb43e851d6 Create stub functions to support pg_upgrade of old contrib/tsearch2.
Commits 9ff60273e3 and dbe2328959 adjusted the declarations
of some core functions referenced by contrib/tsearch2's install script,
forgetting that in a pg_upgrade situation, we'll be trying to restore
operator class definitions that reference the old signatures.  We've
hit this problem before; solve it in the same way as before, namely by
installing stub functions that have the expected signature and just
invoke the correct function.  Per report from Jeff Janes.

(Someday we ought to stop supporting contrib/tsearch2, but I'm not
sure today is that day.)
2016-03-02 17:37:54 -05:00
Robert Haas
a892234f83 Change the format of the VM fork to add a second bit per page.
The new bit indicates whether every tuple on the page is already frozen.
It is cleared only when the all-visible bit is cleared, and it can be
set only when we vacuum a page and find that every tuple on that page is
both visible to every transaction and in no need of any future
vacuuming.

A future commit will use this new bit to optimize away full-table scans
that would otherwise be triggered by XID wraparound considerations.  A
page which is merely all-visible must still be scanned in that case, but
a page which is all-frozen need not be.  This commit does not attempt
that optimization, although that optimization is the goal here.  It
seems better to get the basic infrastructure in place first.

Per discussion, it's very desirable for pg_upgrade to automatically
migrate existing VM forks from the old format to the new format.  That,
too, will be handled in a follow-on patch.

Masahiko Sawada, reviewed by Kyotaro Horiguchi, Fujii Masao, Amit
Kapila, Simon Riggs, Andres Freund, and others, and substantially
revised by me.
2016-03-01 21:49:41 -05:00
Robert Haas
35746bc348 Add new FDW API to test for parallel-safety.
This is basically a bug fix; the old code assumes that a ForeignScan
is always parallel-safe, but for postgres_fdw, for example, this is
definitely false.  It should be true for file_fdw, though, since a
worker can read a file from the filesystem just as well as any other
backend process.

Original patch by Thomas Munro.  Documentation, and changes to the
comments, by me.
2016-02-26 16:14:46 +05:30
Alvaro Herrera
343f709c06 Fix typos
Backpatch to: 9.4
2016-02-25 20:50:20 -03:00
Tom Lane
52f5d578d6 Create a function to reliably identify which sessions block which others.
This patch introduces "pg_blocking_pids(int) returns int[]", which returns
the PIDs of any sessions that are blocking the session with the given PID.
Historically people have obtained such information using a self-join on
the pg_locks view, but it's unreasonably tedious to do it that way with any
modicum of correctness, and the addition of parallel queries has pretty
much broken that approach altogether.  (Given some more columns in the view
than there are today, you could imagine handling parallel-query cases with
a 4-way join; but ugh.)

The new function has the following behaviors that are painful or impossible
to get right via pg_locks:

1. Correctly understands which lock modes block which other ones.

2. In soft-block situations (two processes both waiting for conflicting lock
modes), only the one that's in front in the wait queue is reported to
block the other.

3. In parallel-query cases, reports all sessions blocking any member of
the given PID's lock group, and reports a session by naming its leader
process's PID, which will be the pg_backend_pid() value visible to
clients.

The motivation for doing this right now is mostly to fix the isolation
tests.  Commit 38f8bdcac4 lobotomized
isolationtester's is-it-waiting query by removing its ability to recognize
nonconflicting lock modes, as a crude workaround for the inability to
handle soft-block situations properly.  But even without the lock mode
tests, the old query was excessively slow, particularly in
CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds; some of our buildfarm animals fail the new
deadlock-hard test because the deadlock timeout elapses before they can
probe the waiting status of all eight sessions.  Replacing the pg_locks
self-join with use of pg_blocking_pids() is not only much more correct, but
a lot faster: I measure it at about 9X faster in a typical dev build with
Asserts, and 3X faster in CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS builds.  That should provide
enough headroom for the slower CLOBBER_CACHE_ALWAYS animals to pass the
test, without having to lengthen deadlock_timeout yet more and thus slow
down the test for everyone else.
2016-02-22 14:31:43 -05:00
Tom Lane
73bf8715aa Remove redundant PGPROC.lockGroupLeaderIdentifier field.
We don't really need this field, because it's either zero or redundant with
PGPROC.pid.  The use of zero to mark "not a group leader" is not necessary
since we can just as well test whether lockGroupLeader is NULL.  This does
not save very much, either as to code or data, but the simplification seems
worthwhile anyway.
2016-02-22 11:20:35 -05:00
Tom Lane
c7a1c5a6b6 Cosmetic improvements in new config_info code.
Coverity griped about use of unchecked strcpy() into a local variable.
There's unlikely to be any actual bug there, since no caller would be
passing a path longer than MAXPGPATH, but nonetheless use of strlcpy()
seems preferable.

While at it, get rid of unmaintainable separation between list of
field names and list of field values in favor of initializing them
in parallel.  And we might as well declare get_configdata()'s path
argument as const char *, even though no current caller needs that.
2016-02-21 11:38:24 -05:00
Robert Haas
d91a4a6c85 Cosmetic improvements to group locking.
Reflow text in lock manager README so that it fits within 80 columns.
Correct some mistakes.  Expand the README to explain not only why group
locking exists but also the data structures that support it.  Improve
comments related to group locking several files.  Change the name of a
macro argument for improved clarity.

Most of these problems were reported by Tom Lane, but I found a few
of them myself.

Robert Haas and Tom Lane
2016-02-21 15:42:02 +05:30
Dean Rasheed
53874c5228 Add pg_size_bytes() to parse human-readable size strings.
This will parse strings in the format produced by pg_size_pretty() and
return sizes in bytes. This allows queries to be written with clauses
like "pg_total_relation_size(oid) > pg_size_bytes('10 GB')".

Author: Pavel Stehule with various improvements by Vitaly Burovoy
Discussion: http://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFj8pRD-tGoDKnxdYgECzA4On01_uRqPrwF-8LdkSE-6bDHp0w@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Vitaly Burovoy, Oleksandr Shulgin, Kyotaro Horiguchi,
    Michael Paquier and Robert Haas
2016-02-20 09:57:27 +00:00